Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

С английского на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Русский

a field near Rome

Толкование Перевод

1 Semurium

Semurĭum, ii, n., a field near Rome, where was a temple of Apollo, Cic. Phil. 6, 5, 14; Macr. S. 1, 10.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Semurium
2 Campi Aleii

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campi Aleii
3 Campi Lapidei

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campi Lapidei
4 Campi Macri

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campi Macri
5 Campi Magni

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campi Magni
6 Campi Veteres

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campi Veteres
7 Campus

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campus
8 campus

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > campus
9 Campus Esquilinus

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campus Esquilinus
10 Campus Flaminius

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campus Flaminius
11 Campus Martius

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campus Martius
12 Campus Sceleratus

1.
campus, i, m. [cf. kêpos, Dor. kapos; perh. for scampus from skaptô, to dig, scabo; whence Campania, and perh. Capua; for the inserted m, cf. AAB-' lambanô].
I.
In gen.
A.
Lit., of any open, level land, without reference to cultivation or use, an even, flat place, a plain, field (freq. and class.; cf.: ager, planities, aequor; opp. mons, collis, silva, etc.; cf.
Doed. Syn. III. p. 8 sq.): saxum plani raptim petit aequora campi,
Lucr. 3, 1015; cf. id. 5, 950:
in camporum patentium aequoribus,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 93:
aequor campi,
Verg. A. 7, 781; Sil. 5, 376:
aequo dare se campo,
id. 9, 56:
in aequo campi,
Liv. 5, 38, 4:
campos pedibus transire,
Lucr. 4, 460; cf. id. 5, 493:
campos et montes peragrantes,
Cic. Div. 1, 42, 94; cf. id. N. D. 2, 39, 98:
spatia frugifera atque immensa camporum,
id. ib. 2, 64, 161; Col. 1, 2, 4; Lucr. 5, 1372:
campus in prata et arva salictaque et arundineta digestus,
Col. 1, 2, 3; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25; Curt. 8, 1, 4; Lucr. 5, 782; Tib. 4, 3, 1:
virentes,
Lucr. 1, 19:
frequens herbis et fertilis ubere,
Verg. G. 2, 185:
gramineus,
id. A. 5, 287; Hor. C. 2, 5, 6:
pingues Asiae,
id. Ep. 1, 3, 5: redeunt jam gramina campis, id. C. 4, 7, 1:
herbosus,
id. ib. 3, 18, 9:
herbidus aquosusque,
Liv. 9, 2, 7:
opimus, id'. 31, 41, 7: campi frumenti ac pecoris et omnium copiā rerum opulenti,
id. 22, 3, 3:
pigri,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 17 al. —
Campus, like ager, is used in a wider or more restricted sense, as conveying a particular or more general idea: in agro publico campi duo milia jugerum immunia possidere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 22:
agros Vaticanum et Pupinium, cum suis opimis atque uberibus campis conferendos,
id. Agr. 2, 35, 96:
si pinguis agros metabere campi,
Verg. G. 2, 274 and 276; Lucr. 2, 324 sq.:
certamina magna per campos instructa,
id. 2, 5:
campus terrenus,
Liv. 33, 17, 8:
dimicaturum puro ac patenti campo,
id. 24, 14, 6:
(praefecti regii) suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt,
Nep. Milt. 4, 2: numquam in campo ( in the free, open field) sui fecit potestatem, id. Ages. 3, 6; so id. Hann. 5, 4; Ov. M. 10, 151; cf. id. ib. 13, 579:
insistere Bedriacensibus campis ac vestigia recentis victoriae lustrare oculis concupivit (Vitellius),
Tac. H. 2, 70; so,
Bebriaci Campo spolium affectare,
the battlefield, Juv. 2, 106:
campum colligere,
Veg. Mil. 3, 25.—
2.
Meton., the produce of the field:
moriturque ad sibila (serpentis) campus,
Stat. Th. 5, 528.—
B.
Poet. like aequor, in gen., any level surface (of the sea, a rock, etc.):
caeruleos per campos,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 15:
campi natantes,
Lucr. 5, 489; 6, 405; 6, 1141:
liquentes,
Verg. A. 6, 724; 10, 214:
campus Liberioris aquae,
Ov. M. 1, 41; 1, 43:
latus aquarum,
id. ib. 1, 315;
11, 356: immotā attollitur undā Campus (i. e. saxum),
Verg. A. 5, 128.—
C.
Trop.:
feratur eloquentia non semitis sed campis,
on the open field, Quint. 5, 14, 31:
(oratio) aequo congressa campo,
on a fair field, id. 5, 12, 92:
velut campum nacti expositionis,
id. 4, 2, 39.—
II.
Esp.
A.
As geog. designation.
1.
Campi Alēii, a plain in Lycia, Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63.—
2.
Campi Lăpĭdĕi, a stony plain near Marseilles, now La Crau, Hyg. Astr. 2, 6; Plin. 3, 4, 5, § 34; 21, 10, 31, § 57.—
3.
Campi Ma-cri, a district in Gallia Cisalpina, on the river Macra, Varr. R. R. 2, prooem. § 6; Liv. 41, 18, 6; 45, 12, 11.—
4.
Campi Magni, in Africa, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167 (cf. Vahl. p. 167); Liv. 30, 8, 3.—
5.
Campi Vĕtĕres, in Lucania, Liv. 25, 16, 25.—
B.
An open place in or near Rome.
1.
Campus Esquĭlīnus, on the Esquiline Hill, Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 17; Suet. Claud. 25.—
2.
Campus Flāmĭnĭus, on which stood the Circus Flaminius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 32 Müll. —
3.
Campus Scĕlĕrātus, near the Colline Gate, Liv. 8, 15, 8; Fest. p. 333 Müll. —
4.
Far more freq. Campus, a grassy plain in Rome along the Tiber, in the ninth district, orig. belonging to the Tarquinii, after whose expulsion it was consecrated to Mars (Liv. 2, 5, 2); hence fully called Campus Martĭus, a place of assembly for the Roman people at the comitia centuriata, Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1; id. Rab. Perd. 4, 11; Hor. C. 3, 1, 11; Quint. 11, 1, 47 al.—Hence,
b.
Meton., the comitia themselves:
curiam pro senatu, campum pro comitiis,
Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167:
fors domina campi,
id. Pis. 2, 3:
venalis,
Luc. 1, 180; also, much resorted to by the Romans for games, exercise, and recreation, a place for military drills, etc. (cf. campicursio and campidoctor), Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104; id. Quint. 18, 59; id. Fat. 4, 8; 15, 34; id. de Or. 2, 62, 253; 2, 71, 287; Hor. C. 1, 8, 4; 1, 9, 18; 3, 7, 26; id. S. 1, 6, 126; 2, 6, 49; id. Ep. 1, 7, 59; 1, 11, 4; id. A. P. 162.—
III.
Trop., a place of action, a field, a theatre, opportunity, subject for debate, etc. (cf. area) (a favorite figure of Cic.):
me ex hoc ut ita dicam campo aequitatis ad istas verborum angustias revocas,
Cic. Caecin. 29, 84:
cum sit campus, in quo exsultare possit oratio, cur eam tantas in angustias et in Stoicorum dumeta compellimus?
id. Ac. 2, 35, 112; cf. id. de Or. 3, 19, 70:
in hoc tanto tamque immenso campo cum liceat oratori vagari libere,
id. ib. 3, 31, 124:
magnus est in re publicā campus, multis apertus cursus ad laudem,
id. Phil. 14, 6, 17:
nullum vobis sors campum dedit, in quo excurrere virtus cognoscique posset,
id. Mur. 8, 18; Plin. Pan. 31, 1: honoris et gloriae campus, id. [p. 276] ib. 70, 8:
rhetorum campus de Marathone, Salamine, Plataeis, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; Juv. 1, 19.
2.
campus, i, m., = kampos, a seaanimal:
marini = hippocampi,
Mart. 9, 43, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Campus Sceleratus
13 agro

sour

* * *

agro¹ agg.

1 sour, acid

2 (fig.) sharp, harsh, pungent

◆ s.m. ( agrezza) sourness; acidity // (cuc.) cibi all'agro, food with vinegar or lemon (added).

agro² s.m.

1 field; territory; country surrounding a town: l'agro romano, the countryside around Rome // l'Agro Pontino, the Pontine marshes (pl.)

2 (poet.) field, mead.

* * *
I 1. ['agro]
aggettivo sour, sharp, bitter (anche fig.)
2.
sostantivo maschile sour taste, sourness

all'agro o in agro — = with lemon or vinegar
II ['agro]
sostantivo maschile countryside

Agro romano — = the countryside near Rome

* * *

agro¹

/'agro/

I aggettivo

sour, sharp, bitter (anche fig.)

II sostantivo maschile

sour taste, sourness; all'agro o in agro = with lemon or vinegar.

————————

agro²

/'agro/

sostantivo m.

countryside

\

COMPOUNDS

Agro romano = the countryside near Rome.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > agro
14 donde

adv.

where.

el bolso está donde lo dejaste the bag is where you left it

puedes ir donde quieras you can go wherever you want

hasta donde as far as, up to where

llegaré hasta donde pueda I'll get as far as I can

donde sea posible wherever possible

por donde wherever

iré por donde me manden I'll go wherever they send me

pron.

where.

la casa donde nací the house where I was born

la ciudad de donde viene the town (where) she comes from, the town from which she comes

hacia donde toward where, toward which

hasta donde as far as where, as far as which

de donde from which (de lo cual)

* * *

donde

► adverbio

1 where, in which

■ el colegio donde estudié the school where I studied

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

de donde / desde donde from where, whence

■ ésta es la casa desde donde procedió el disparo this is the house where the shot came from

donde las dan las toman familiar tit for tat

¡mira por donde! / ¡vaya por donde! familiar fancy that!

* * *

adv.

1) where

2) wherever

* * *

1. ADV

1) + indic where

la nota está donde la dejaste — the note's where you left it

la casa donde nací — the house where I was born, the house I was born in

el sitio donde lo encontré — the place (where) I found it

• a donde, ahí es a donde vamos nosotros — that's where we're going

fue a donde estaban ellos — he went to (the place) where they were

• de donde, el país de donde vienen — the country they come from

la caja de donde lo sacó — the box he took it out of, the box from which he took it

• en donde, fui a la India, en donde nos conocimos — I went to India, (which is) where we met

el pueblo en donde vive — the village where o in which he lives

• por donde, la escalera por donde había salido — the empty staircase down which he had left

la puerta por donde se entra — the door you go in by

la calle por donde íbamos andando — the street we were walking along

por donde pasan lo destrozan todo — they destroy everything, wherever they go

va siempre por donde se le dice — she always goes wherever you tell her to

2) + subjun wherever

donde tú quieras — wherever you want

quiero un trabajo donde sea — I want a job anywhere o wherever

estén donde estén — wherever they may be

vayas donde vayas — wherever you go, everywhere you go

vayas por donde vayas — whichever way you go

- allí donde fueres, haz lo que vieres

3) Cono Sur (=ya que) as, since

2. PREP

1) (=al lado de)

es allí, donde la catedral — it's over there by the cathedral

lo guardamos donde la ropa de cama — we keep it with the bed linen

2) (=en casa de)

vamos donde Ricardo — we're going to Ricardo's

están cenando donde mi madre — they are having dinner at my mother's

* * *
I
conjunción

1)

a) where

la ciudad donde se conocieron — the city where they met; (+ subj)

siéntate donde quieras — sit wherever o where you like

déjalo donde sea — leave it anywhere

b) ( con prep) where

el café (en) donde nos reuníamos — the café where we used to meet

buscamos un lugar desde donde ver el desfile — we looked for a place to watch the procession

el país de donde procede — the country it comes from

de donde se deduce que... — from which it can be deduced that...

la ventana por donde había entrado — the window through which he had got in

sigue donde mismo — (Chi fam) he's still in the same place

2) (esp AmL fam) (+ subj) (si) if

donde lo vuelvas a hacer... — if you do it again...

3) (Chi fam) ( porque) because
II
preposición (esp AmL, en algunas regiones crit)

ve donde tu hermana y dile que... — ( a su casa) go over to your sister's and tell her...; ( al lugar donde está ella) go and tell your sister...

es allí donde el semáforo — it's there by o at the traffic lights

* * *

= where, where, whereabouts.

Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex. Systematic order is not self-evident; we need notation to show whereabouts in the sequence we shall find a particular subject.

----

* ¿a dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿a dónde va(n)...? = whither?.

* allí donde = as and when, where, wherever.

* ciudad donde viven principalmente jubilados = retirement town.

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?.

* demasiado donde elegir = embarrassment of riches, spoilt for choice.

* de quién sabe dónde = out of the woodwork.

* ¿dónde? = where on (this) earth...?.

* donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.

* ¿dónde demonios...? = where on (this) earth...?.

* ¿dónde diablos...? = where on (this) earth...?.

* donde el tiempo es de suma importancia = time-critical.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* donde hay humo, hay fuego = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.

* donde proceda = where applicable.

* donde se pueden hacer búsquedas = queriable.

* en donde = where, wherein.

* en una época en donde = in an age where.

* ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?.

* hasta donde alcance = to the limits of.

* hasta donde es posible = as far as possible.

* hasta donde llegue = to the limits of.

* hasta donde sea posible = as far as possible.

* imponer orden en donde hay caos = bring + order out of chaos.

* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.

* * *
I
conjunción

1)

a) where

la ciudad donde se conocieron — the city where they met; (+ subj)

siéntate donde quieras — sit wherever o where you like

déjalo donde sea — leave it anywhere

b) ( con prep) where

el café (en) donde nos reuníamos — the café where we used to meet

buscamos un lugar desde donde ver el desfile — we looked for a place to watch the procession

el país de donde procede — the country it comes from

de donde se deduce que... — from which it can be deduced that...

la ventana por donde había entrado — the window through which he had got in

sigue donde mismo — (Chi fam) he's still in the same place

2) (esp AmL fam) (+ subj) (si) if

donde lo vuelvas a hacer... — if you do it again...

3) (Chi fam) ( porque) because
II
preposición (esp AmL, en algunas regiones crit)

ve donde tu hermana y dile que... — ( a su casa) go over to your sister's and tell her...; ( al lugar donde está ella) go and tell your sister...

es allí donde el semáforo — it's there by o at the traffic lights

* * *

= where, where, whereabouts.

Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex: Systematic order is not self-evident; we need notation to show whereabouts in the sequence we shall find a particular subject.

* ¿a dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿a dónde va(n)...? = whither?.

* allí donde = as and when, where, wherever.

* ciudad donde viven principalmente jubilados = retirement town.

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?.

* demasiado donde elegir = embarrassment of riches, spoilt for choice.

* de quién sabe dónde = out of the woodwork.

* ¿dónde? = where on (this) earth...?.

* donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.

* ¿dónde demonios...? = where on (this) earth...?.

* ¿dónde diablos...? = where on (this) earth...?.

* donde el tiempo es de suma importancia = time-critical.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* donde hay humo, hay fuego = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.

* donde proceda = where applicable.

* donde se pueden hacer búsquedas = queriable.

* en donde = where, wherein.

* en una época en donde = in an age where.

* ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?.

* hasta donde alcance = to the limits of.

* hasta donde es posible = as far as possible.

* hasta donde llegue = to the limits of.

* hasta donde sea posible = as far as possible.

* imponer orden en donde hay caos = bring + order out of chaos.

* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.

* * *

donde¹ [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

conjunction

A

1 where

la ciudad donde se conocieron the city where they met, the city they met in

Roma, donde se conocieron Rome, where they met

(+ subj): siéntate donde quieras sit wherever o where you like

vaya donde vaya me lo encuentro I bump into him wherever o everywhere I go

2

(con prep): buscábamos un lugar desde donde pudiéramos ver el desfile we were looking for a place to watch the procession from

íbamos a donde esperaban los demás we were on our way to where the others were waiting

el país de donde procede the country it comes from

de donde se deduce que … from which it can be deduced that …

la ventana por donde había entrado the window where he had got in, the window he had got in through

el café (en) donde nos reuníamos the café where we used to meet

lo dejé donde mismo lo encontré ( fam); I left it right o exactly where I found it

sigue donde mismo ( Chi fam); he's still in the same place, he's still living ( o working etc) in the same place

B ( esp AmL fam)

1 (+ subj) (si) if

donde lo vuelvas a hacer te mato if you do it again, I'll kill you!

2 (cuando) if, when

no será tan importante donde yo no lo sé it can't be (all) that important if o when I don't know it

C ( Chi fam) (porque) because

donde²

prep

( esp AmL en algunas regiones crit): ve donde tu hermana y dile que … (a su casa) go over to your sister's and tell her …; (al lugar donde está ella) go and tell your sister …

es allí donde el semáforo it's there by o at the traffic lights

* * *

Multiple Entries:
don de
donde
dónde
donde conjunción
where;
◊ la ciudad dónde se conocieron the city where they met;

siéntate dónde quieras sit wherever o where you like;
déjalo dónde sea leave it anywhere;
de dónde se deduce que … from which it can be deduced that …;
la ventana por dónde había entrado the window through which he had got in
■ preposición (esp AmL, en algunas regiones crit): ve dónde tu hermana y dile que … ( a su casa) go over to your sister's and tell her …;

( al lugar donde está ella) go and tell your sister …
dónde adverbio
1 where;
◊ ¿dónde está? where is it?;

¿de dónde es? where is he from?;
¿por dónde quieres ir? which way do you want to go?
2 (Chi, Méx, Per) ( cómo) how;
◊ ¡dónde íbamos a imaginar que …! how were we to imagine that …!

donde adv rel
1 where: el cajón donde guardaba las cartas, the drawer where she kept the letters
un balcón desde donde se ven los jardines, a balcony from which the gardens are visible
2 (por lo que) from which: de donde deduzco que..., from which I deduce that...
3 fam (en lo de, en casa de) estuvimos donde Pedro, we were at Pedro's
dónde adverbio
1 interr where: ¿de dónde es?, where is he from?
¿de dónde sacaste esa idea?, where did you get that idea from?
¿por dónde se va al Prado?, which way is it to the Prado?
' dónde' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acaso
- apretar
- bodega
- chimenea
- coger
- coño
- Cristo
- cuenca
- dejar
- despelucada
- despelucado
- despistada
- despistado
- destinar
- donde
- ser
- estanca
- estanco
- exactitud
- excavar
- guapetón
- guapetona
- inflamarse
- interruptor
- irse
- llevar
- maldita
- maldito
- mies
- mira
- nunca
- pacer
- parar
- pareja
- parejo
- peor
- perdón
- robar
- salida
- semejante
- sombra
- tendedero
- a
- alcanzar
- allí
- desde
- diablo
- empezar
- escoger
- estar
English:
anywhere
- bar
- belong
- best
- bird
- bloody
- bottleneck
- bump
- but
- clear
- consulate
- dinner theater
- direct
- disheveled
- dishevelled
- do
- drive-through
- drugstore
- earth
- everyplace
- fancy
- find
- game
- go
- honeymoon
- horn
- intimate
- intuitively
- look
- lounge bar
- name
- near
- penny
- scribble
- self-made
- shall
- somewhere
- spoil
- spring
- squirm
- stick
- stick back
- stick down
- tell
- they
- thick
- this
- trace back
- watch
- way

* * *

donde donde combines with the preposition a to form adonde when following a noun, pronoun or adverb expressing location (e.g. el sitio adonde vamos the place where we're going; es allí adonde iban that's where they were going).

♦ adv

where;

la casa donde nací the house where I was born;

el bolso está donde lo dejaste the bag is where you left it;

allí donde va, causa problemas he causes trouble wherever he goes;

vayan donde vayan, siempre tienen éxito wherever they go, they're always successful;

puedes ir donde quieras you can go wherever you want;

de donde [de lo cual] from which;

de donde se deduce que estás equivocado from which it can be concluded that you're wrong;

la ciudad de donde viene the town (where) she comes from, the town from which she comes;

desde donde estábamos no se veía el escenario you couldn't see the stage from where we were;

el hotel en donde nos alojamos the hotel where we're staying, the hotel at which we're staying;

el pueblo hacia donde nos dirigíamos the town we were heading for, the town for which we were heading;

tienes que correr hasta donde está la valla you have to run as far as the fence, you have to run up to where the fence is;

llegaré hasta donde pueda I'll get as far as I can;

iré por donde me manden I'll go wherever they send me;

la puerta por donde entró the door she came in through, the door through which she came in

♦ prep

1. [al lugar de]
ve donde la tienda y espérame allí go and wait for me at the shop;

ve donde papá y dile que nos vamos [al lugar en que está, a su casa] go over to dad's and tell him that we're going

2. [en el lugar de]
está donde mi madre she's at my mother's;

eso está donde la fábrica de harina it's by the flour mill

* * *

donde

I adv where

II prp esp L.Am.

fui donde el médico I went to the doctor’s

* * *

dónde adv

: where

¿dónde está su casa?: where is your house?

donde conj

: where, in which

el pueblo donde vivo: the town where I live

donde prep

: over by

lo encontré donde la silla: I found it over by the chair

* * *

donde adv

1. (en general) where

la casa donde nació mi abuelo the house where my grandfather was born

busca donde te dije look where I told you

Si en la frase hay una preposición, where se omite en inglés

el país de donde soy the country I come from

2. (en cualquier parte) wherever

ponte donde quieras stand wherever you like

donde sea anywhere

Spanish-English dictionary > donde
15 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
16 في

في \ a; an; each; every: twice a day; 80 miles an hour. at: (showing where): at home; at the office, (showing a point of time) at midday; at 4 o’clock; He was married at 18, (after an adj) good at English; quick at sums. by: during: We travelled by night. in: showing where: In bed; in London; in the box; in his speech, showing condition In a hurry; in trouble, showing a direction; into He fell in the river. He put his hand in his pocket, showing when; during In the past; in January 1980; in the evening, showing what sth. contains or includes There are 60 minutes in an hour. Is he in your team?, showing what sb. wears He was in his best suit, showing a shape or arrangement They stood in a row, showing employment or activity or an event He’s in the navy. She was killed in the accident. on: showing when: on Monday; on May the 6th. showing the state of sb.:: Are you here on business or on holiday?. per: for each: He earns $8000 per annum (for each year). \ في (أيّ مَكَان)‏ \ anywhere: in or to any place: Are you going anywhere?. \ See Also إلى( إلى)‏ \ في \ home: to or at one’s house: Go home! Is your son home yet?. \ See Also إلى البيت \ في \ inside: on (or to) the inside. \ See Also إلى الداخل \ في \ inland: away from the sea: We crossed the coast and flew inland. \ See Also إلى داخل البلاد \ في \ indoors: into (or in) a building: He went (or He stayed) indoors because of the rain. \ See Also إلى داخل البيت \ في \ on board: on (or onto) a ship or aeroplane: There are 70 men on board. Can I go on board the aircraft?. \ See Also إلى دَاخِل الطَّائِرَة \ في \ upstairs: on, at or to a higher floor; up the stairs; at the top of the stairs: She went upstairs because her room is upstairs. She has an upstairs bedroom. \ See Also إلى الدَّور الأَعْلى \ في \ low: to or in a low position: The sun had sunk low in the sky. \ See Also إلى وَضْع مُنْخفِض \ في \ whereabouts: in or near which place: Whereabouts did you find this ring?. \ See Also قرب أيّ مكان؟ \ في \ upstream: against the flow of the stream; up the river: They rowed (the boat) upstream. \ See Also نَحْوَ أعلى النَّهر \ في الاتجاه المعاكس \ backward(s): towards the back: He fell over backwards. \ في أَثَر \ after: following, in search of: I ran after him but could not catch him. The police are after him. \ في أثناء الخِدْمَة (خارج أوقات الخِدمة)‏ \ on duty, (off duty): at work (not at work): The night nurse has 12 hours on duty, then 12 hours off duty. She went on duty at 18.00 and came off duty at 06.00. \ في أثناء ذلك \ meanwhile, meantime: (in) the time between: You’ll have to wait till he’s ready; but you can read this (in the) meanwhile. \ في إجازة \ off: free from work: My employer gave me the afternoon off. \ See Also عطلة (عُطْلَة)‏ \ في أَحْسَن الأَحْوَال \ at best: in the most hopeful conditions: At best, we can’t be ready till Tuesday. \ في آخر \ eventually: in the end: The car kept stopping, but we got home eventually. ultimately: in the end: We must all, ultimately, die. \ See Also نهاية الأمر \ في آخر رَمَق \ on one’s last legs: (of a person or thing) not expected to last much longer; worn out; almost in ruins: That company is on its last legs. \ في آخر لحظة \ in the nick of time: just in time; almost too late: She saved him in the nick of time from falling over the cliff. \ في أَرْجَاء \ about: from place to place in: We wandered about the town. round: (also around) from place to place: He wandered (a)round (the town). We travelled (a)round (the country). \ في أَسْفَل \ under: (also underneath), in a lower position. underneath: (of position) below: It was hidden underneath the floor boards. \ See Also الأسفل (الأَسْفَل)‏ \ في الأَصْل \ originally: in the beginning: This school was originally a rich man’s home. \ في الأَعْلَى \ up: in or to higher position: She lives up in the hills. \ في أغلب الظَّنّ \ doubtless: probably: It will doubtless rain on the day of the garden party. \ في أَفْضَل حَالَة \ at one’s best: in one’s best state: My garden is at its best in spring. \ في أقلّ مِن \ within: in less than: He will arrive within an hour. I live within a mile of the sea. \ في الأمام \ in front: at the front: You go in front and I’ll follow. \ في أَوَاخِر \ late: near the end of a period of time: Late in the year; in the late afternoon. \ في الأوْج \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ في أوجِ الإزْهَار \ in bloom: flowering: The roses are in bloom now. \ في أيّ مَكَان \ anywhere: in no matter what place: Put it down anywhere. \ في أيّ وقت \ ever: (esp. in a negative sentence or a question) at any time: Nobody ever writes to me. Have you ever been to Rome? If you ever go there, you must see St. Peter’s cathedral. \ في أيّ وقت مَضَى \ ever: (in a comparative sentence) at any time: He’s working harder than ever. This is the best book I’ve ever read. \ في بادئ الأمر \ at first: at the beginning: At first the new school seemed strange, but then we got used to it. \ في البَدْء \ primarily: mainly; in the first place: This book is written primarily for foreigners. \ See Also أصلا (أَصْلاً)، أساسا (أساسًا)‏ \ في بعض الوقت \ part-time: for only part of the usual working time: She’s a part-time teacher. \ في البيت \ at home: in one’s house: He’s at home in the evenings. \ في البيت المُجَاوِر \ next, next door: in the next house: He lives next door. He is my nextdoor neighbour. \ في تَحَسُّن (من النّاحية الصحّية)‏ \ on the mend: getting better in health (after an illness). \ في تِلْكَ الحالةِ \ in that case: if that happens, or has happened: He may be late. In that case, we shall go without him, if that happens, or has happened He may be late. In that case, we shall go without him. \ في تِلْكَ اللَّحظة \ just: (with continuous tenses; always directly before the present participle) at this moment; at that moment: We’re just starting dinner. We were just starting dinner when he arrived. \ في التَّوّ \ straight away: at once. \ في جانب \ in favour of: supporting: I’m in favour of your plans. \ في الجَانِب الآخَر مِن \ across: on the other side of: My home is across the river. \ في جانب \ for: in favour of: Are you for this idea or against it?. \ See Also صف (صَفّ)‏ \ في جزء أدنى مِن \ down: at a lower level: My house is a little way down the hill. \ في الجِوَار \ about: around; near: There’s a lot of illness about. I went out early, when no one was about (when no one else was out). \ في الحَال \ at once: without delay: Stop that at once!. away: right away; straight away. immediately: at once. instantly: at once. on the spot: in that place and at that moment: He gave me the bill and I paid it on the spot. readily: without delay: The book you need is not readily obtainable. straight away: at once. \ في حَالَةِ \ at: (showing a state): at war; at play. on: showing the state of sth.: The house is on fire. \ في حَالَة حَسَنَة \ well, (better, best): the opposite of ill and unwell; in good health: Don’t you feel well? You’ll soon get better if you drink this medicine. How are you? Very well, thank you. I feel best in the early morning (better than at any other time). \ في حَالَة سَيِّئَة \ in a bad way: in a bad state. \ في حَالَة عَدَم توفُّر \ failing: giving a second choice of action, if the first choice fails: Ask John to do it. Failing him, ask Michael. \ في حَالَة فَوْضَى \ chaotic: in a state of chaos: The young teacher had a chaotic classroom. \ في حَالَةِ وُجُود \ in case of: in the event of; if there is: In case of fire, ring the bell. \ في حَالَةِ ما إِذَا \ in case: because of the possibility of sth. happening: Take a stick, in case you meet a snake. \ في حركة دائِمة \ on the move: moving; travelling: He’s always on the move and never settles for long. \ في الحَقِيقَة \ as a matter of fact, in fact: really; in truth: The dog seemed dead but in fact it was only asleep. As a matter of fact, I don’t like Michael. in point of fact: actually, in fact. in reality: in fact. really: truly; in fact: Is he really your son? He does not look like you!. \ في حَيْرَة من أَمْره \ at one’s wits’ end: too worried by difficulties to know what to do. \ في حين \ whereas: but: They are looking for a house, whereas we would rather live in a flat. \ في حينه \ round: following a regular course: Wait till your turn comes round. \ في الخَارِج \ abroad: in or to another country: I spent my holiday abroad. out: in (or into) the open; away from shelter; in (or into) view: Don’t stand out in the rain. The ship was far out at sea. out of door, outdoors: in the open air; not in a house: I like sleeping out of doors under the stars. outside: not within; in the open air; on the outer side: It’s raining outside. The cup is blue outside, and white inside. overseas: across the sea; (to the British, the mainland of Europe is abroad but it is not overseas): She is working overseas, in South America. \ في خِدمَة... \ at one’s service: ready to fulfil one’s needs: The hotel car is at your service if you want to go anywhere. \ في خَريف العُمر \ middle-aged: neither young nor old; aged between about 40 and 65. \ في خطٍّ مُستقيم \ as the crow flies: in a straight line: It is 5 miles away by road, but only 2 miles as the crow flies. \ فِي الخَفَاء \ stealth: by stealth using secret and quiet action: He got into the house by stealth, not by force. \ في خِلال \ in: showing a space of time before sth. will happen; after: I’ll come in a few days (or in a minute). in the course of: during: In the course of the morning I had seven visitors. \ في الدّاخل \ in: in a building, esp. at home, work or where one is expected to be: Is anyone in? I’m afraid Mr. Jones is out, but he’ll be in at 5 o’clock. \ في داخِل \ in: showing a direction; into: He fell in the river. He put his hand in his pocket. inside: on (or to) the inside of: Please wait inside the room. \ في داخِل النَّفْس \ inwardly: secretly; as regards one’s inner feelings: I was inwardly delighted, but I pretended not to care. \ في دَرَجَة الغَلَيان \ on the boil: boiling; at this heat. \ في ذلك المكان \ there: at that place: I live there. \ في رأيي \ to my mind: in my opinion: To my mind, this is most dishonest. \ في سَبِيل \ in the process of: to be doing: I am in the process of painting my house. sake, for the sake, of, for sb.’s sake: for the good of; so as to help: Soldiers die for the sake of their county (or for their country’s sake). Don’t take any risks for my sake, for the desire of Why ruin your health for the sake of a little pleasure?. \ في سِنّ المُرَاهَقَة \ teenage: in one’s teens: a teenage girl. \ في شكّ \ in doubt: uncertain: When in doubt, ask your father. \ في صحَّة جيِّدة \ fit: healthy: We take exercise so as to keep fit. \ في صَفّ \ in single file: in one line, one behind the other: We had to ride in single file down the narrow path. \ في الطّابِق الأَسْفل \ downstairs: at the bottom of the stairs; in a room at that level: I’ll wait for you downstairs. \ في الطّابِق الفوقانيّ \ overhead: above one’s head: a noise in the room overhead; clouds in the sky overhead. \ في طَرَف \ up: along (up and down are both used like this, although the course may be quite level): He lives just up the road. \ في طريق النُّور \ in sb.’s light: preventing light from reaching him: I can’t read if you stand in my light. \ في الظّاهر \ outwardly: as regards the appearance (compared with the hidden facts or inner feelings): She was outwardly calm but inwardly full of anger. \ في العَام \ annual: happening every year; of a year: an annual feast; the annual production of oil. \ في عَجلة من أمره \ in a hurry: Ants are always in a hurry. \ في العَرَاء \ in the open: outside in the air: I like to sleep out in the open, under she stars. outdoors, out of doors: the open air; not in a building: Go outdoors and play football. \ في (عُرض) البَحْر \ at sea: on the sea; far from land: a storm at sea. \ في عُطلة \ on holiday, on vacation: having a holiday: The schools are on holiday. We’re going on vacation to the sea. \ See Also إجازة( إجازة)‏ \ في غابر الأزمان (كان يا ما كان...)‏ \ once upon a time: (used at the beginning of stories). \ في الغَالِب \ mainly: chiefly; mostly. \ في غالِب الظنّ \ probably: almost certainly; with little doubt: You’re probably right. \ في غاية الجُنون \ raving mad: noisily and violently mad. \ في غَمْضَة عَيْن \ in no time: very quickly; very soon: If you follow this path, you’ll get there in no time. \ في غِيَابِه \ behind sb.’s back: when someone is not present: He tells untrue stories about me behind my back. \ في كُلٍّ \ a; an; each; every: twice a day. 80 miles an hour. ten pence a packet. \ في كل مكان \ everywhere: in all places: I’ve looked for it everywhere. \ في كل وقت \ ever: at all times; always: I shall stay there for ever. \ في لحظة خاطفة \ in a flash: very quickly and suddenly: He seized the money and was gone in a flash. \ في اللحظة المناسبة \ in the nick of time: just in time; almost too late: She saved him in the nick of time from falling over the cliff. \ في اللَّيْل \ at night: during the night. overnight: for the night: I shall stay at a hotel overnight and come back tomorrow, on the night before; during the night I packed my suitcase overnight, so as to be ready to leave at sunrise. His car was stolen overnight. \ في المائَة \ per cent: for, out, of, each hundred: Six per cent of the boys failed the exam, (one part) of each hundred I’m a 100 per cent in agreement with you. About 70 per cent (written as 70%) of the people are farmers. \ في المُتَنَاوَل \ forthcoming: supplied when needed: We wanted a new school clock, but the money was not forthcoming. \ في مُتَناوَل \ within: inside; not beyond; within reach; within one’s powers. \ في متناول اليَد \ at hand: near; within reach: Help was at hand. handy: near; easily reached when wanted: Keep that book handy so that you can look at it often. \ في مَجْمُوعَة بين \ among(st): in the middle of; mixed with; surrounded by: I found this letter among my books. There is a secret enemy amongst us. \ في مِحْنة خَطَر \ in distress: (of a ship or aeroplane) in dangerous trouble; needing help. \ في المُدّة الأخيرة \ lately: not long ago; in the near past: Have you seen her lately?. \ في المرَّة التالية \ next: the next time: I’ll give it to you when I next see you. \ See Also القادمة \ في مُقَابِل \ for: showing that something is as a return or in place of: I gave him $5 for his help. Will you change this old car for a new one?. in return (for): in exchange or payment for: Give her some flowers in return for her kindness. \ في المقام الأوّل \ firstly: as the first reason, fact, etc: I need a hot drink. Firstly, because I’m cold; secondly, because I’m thirsty. \ في المقدمة \ in front: at the front: You go in front and I’ll follow. \ في مَكَان \ in sb,’s stead: in sb.’s place; instead of sb.. \ See Also بدلا من (بدلاً من)‏ \ في مَكَان آخَر \ elsewhere: in some other place. \ في المَكَان \ in position: in the correct position. \ See Also المَوضِع الصَّحيح \ في مَكَان قَريب \ by: near: He stood by and watched them. \ في مَكَانٍ ما \ somewhere: in or to some place (but usu. anywhere in negative sentences and questions): I’ve met him somewhere before. Let’s go somewhere peaceful (to some peaceful place). \ في المكان والزّمان المذكورين \ on the spot: in that place and at that moment: Fortunately a doctor was on the spot when she broke her leg. \ في مكانه \ belong: to be in the right place: This book belongs on the top shelf. \ See Also موضِعِه المناسب \ في مَلْعَبِه \ at home: (of a match) on one’s own field: Our team are playing at home tomorrow. \ في مُنْتَصَف الطَّريق \ midway: halfway; in the middle: The station is midway between the two villages. \ في مَوعِد لاَ يَتَجَاوَز \ by: before; not later than: Can you finish this by Tuesday? They ought to be here by now. \ في المَوْعِد المحدَّد \ on time: exactly at the appointed moment: The bus always leaves on time. \ في مياه أعمق من قَامَته \ out of one’s depth: in water that is too deep to stand up in: Don’t go out of your depth unless you can swim. \ في النّادِر \ rarely: not often; hardly at all: She rarely smokes. \ في نظر \ in the eyes of: in the opinion of: In his mother’s eyes he can do no wrong. \ في نَظَري \ to my mind: in my opinion: To my mind, this is most dishonest. \ في النّهايَة \ at last: in the end, after much delay: The train was very slow, but we got there at last. at length: at last; in the end: He waited two hours. At length he went home. finally: lastly; in the end. \ في نِهايَة الأمْر \ in the long run: after a period of time; in the end: It’ll be cheaper in the long run to buy good quality shoes. \ See Also عَلَى المدى الطويل \ في هذا الوقت \ now: (in a written account) at the time that is being described: The war was now over. \ في هَذا المَكَان \ about: here: Is anyone about?. \ في هذه الأَثْنَاء \ meanwhile, meantime: (in) the time between: You’ll have to wait till he’s ready; but you can read this (in the) meanwhile. \ في هذه الأَيَّام \ nowadays: in these times (compared with the past): Travel is much easier nowadays. today: the present time: the scientists of today. \ في هذه الحالة \ all right: (also alright), in that case: You don’t want it? All right, I’ll give it to someone else. \ في هذه اللَّحْظَة \ just: (with continuous tenses; always directly before the present participle) at this moment; at that moment: We’re just starting dinner. We were just starting dinner when he arrived. just now: at this moment: I’m busy just now. \ في الهواء الطَّلْق \ in the open: outside in the air: I like to sleep out in the open, under the stars. out of doors, outdoors: in the open air; not in a house: I like sleeping out of doors under the stars. outdoors, out of doors: the open air; not in a building: Go outdoors and play football. \ في الوَاقِع \ in reality: in fact. \ في الوَاقِع \ actually: in fact; really: She looks about thirty, but actually she’s thirty-nine. as a matter of fact, in fact: really; in truth: The dog seemed dead but in fact it was only asleep. As a matter of fact, I don’t like Michael. in point of fact: actually, in fact. truly: really: Are you truly sorry for your crimes?. virtually: actually but not officially: He was virtually a prisoner in his home, as he did not dare to go out while the police were watching. \ في الوَسَط \ halfway: between two places and at an equal distance from them: His house is halfway between yours and mine. \ في وَسْط المسافة \ halfway: between two places and at an equal distance from them: His house is halfway between yours and mine. \ في وَضَح (النهار)‏ \ broad: (of daylight) full; complete: The bank was robbed in broad daylight. \ في وَضع لا يجوز فيه رَكْل الكُرة \ offside: (of a player in football, etc.) breaking a rule by being in a position in which play is not allowed. \ في الوَقْت الحَاضِر \ at present: now; at the present time: At present I have no job, but I shall get one soon. for the time being: for the present: I have no job, but I’m helping my father for the time being. now: at the present time: Where are you working now? Now is the time to plant those seeds. today: the present time: the scientists of today. \ في وَقْتٍ لاَحِق \ after: later: She came first and he arrived soon after. \ في وقتٍ ما \ sometime: (often two words, some time) at a time not exactly known or stated: Come again sometime. He left sometime after dinner. \ في وقتٍ متأخر \ late: after the proper or usual time; not early: We always go to bed very late. He arrived too late for dinner. \ في وقتٍ متأخر مِن \ late: near the end of a period of time: Late in the year; in the late afternoon. \ في الوَقْتِ المُقَرَّر \ round: following a regular course: Wait till your turn comes round. \ في وَقْتٍ من الأوقات \ ever: (esp. in a negative sentence or a question) at any time: Nobody ever writes to me. Have you ever been to Rome? If you ever go there, you must see St. Peter’s cathedral. \ في الوَقْتِ المناسب \ early: in good time for one’s purpose; before the fixed time: We arrived early and got the best seats. in due course: later; after a reasonable delay: He will get better in due course. in good time: slightly early: He came in good time for the meeting. \ في وقت واحد \ at a time: together: They arrived three at a time (in groups of three). \ في يوم من الأيام \ once upon a time: (used at the beginning of stories). \ See Also كان يا ما كان

Arabic-English dictionary > في
17 ver

v.

1 to perceive.

Veo a tu hermana muy cansado I see your sister very tired.

2 to have eyesight.

Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.

3 to understand.

4 to be witness of, to witness.

5 to see, to look at, sight, to view.

¿ves algo? can you see anything?

he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work

ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood

¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?

ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on

es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it

yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad

Ellos ven los cuadros They see the pictures.

Ellas ven los cuadros They see the pictures.

María ve la gravedad del asunto Mary sees the seriousness of the situation.

Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.

Veo a tu hermano muy cansado I see your brother very tired.

* * *

VER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

veo, ves, ve, vemos, veis, ven.

Past Indicative

vi, viste, vio, vimos, visteis, vieron.

Imperfect Subjunctive

viera, vieras, viera, viéramos, vierais, vieran;

viese, vieses, viese, viésemos, vieseis, viesen.

Future Subjunctive

viere, vieres, viere, viéremos, viereis, vieren.

Imperative

ve (tú), vea (él/Vd.), veamos (nos.), ved (vos.), vean (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

visto,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to see

2) understand

3) examine

4) visit

5) witness

* * *
Para las expresiones ver visiones, no ver tres en un burro, ver el sustantivo.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=percibir)

a) [+ persona, objeto] to see

te vi en el parque — I saw you in the park

desde aquí lo verás mejor — you can see it better from here

lo he visto con mis propios ojos — I saw it with my own eyes

me acuerdo como si lo estuviera viendo — I remember it as if I were seeing it now, I remember it as if it were yesterday

—

¡hubieran visto qué casa! — (Méx) you should have seen the house!

• dejarse ver, este año Pedro no se ha dejado ver por aquí — we haven't seen much of Pedro this year

- no veo ni jota

si te he visto no me acuerdo —

le pedí que me ayudara, pero si te he visto no me acuerdo — I asked him to help me but he (just) didn't want to know

ver algn/algo venir —

-¿que ha dimitido? -eso ya lo veía venir — "he's resigned?" - "well, you could see it coming"

ya te veo venir, ¿a que quieres que te preste el coche? — I know what you're after, you want to borrow the car, don't you?

b) [+ gerund]

los vi paseando por el parque — I saw them walking in the park

c) [+ infin]

la vi bajar la escalera — I saw her come downstairs

eso lo he visto hacer aquí muchas veces — I have often seen that done here

d) [+ adj]

te veo muy triste — you look very sad

esta casa la veo pequeña para tanta gente — I think this house is too small for so many people

2) (=mirar) [+ televisión, programa, partido] to watch

anoche vi una película en la tele — I saw o watched a film on TV last night

• es (digno) de ver — it's worth seeing

no poder (ni) ver a algn —

no lo puedo (ni) ver — I can't stand him

3) (en saludos)

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!

¡hasta más ver! — see you again!

4) (=visitar) to see

ayer fui a ver a tu hermano — I went to see your brother yesterday

tendré que ir a ver al abogado — I shall have to go to o and see my solicitor

el médico todavía no la ha visto — the doctor hasn't seen her yet

5) (=imaginar) to see, imagine

lo estoy viendo de almirante — I can just see o imagine him as an admiral

6) (=vivir) to live through

yo he visto dos guerras mundiales — I have lived through two world wars

y usted que lo vea, y tú que lo veas —

-¡a celebrarlo con salud el año próximo! - ¡y usted que lo vea! — "many happy returns!" - "thank you!"

7) (=examinar) to look at

este tema lo veremos en la próxima clase — we'll be looking at this subject in the next lesson

8) (=comprobar) to see

•¡verás como al final te caerás! — you'll fall, you just wait and see!

ya verás como al final tengo que hacerlo yo — I'll end up doing it myself, you'll see

• habrá que ver, habrá que ver lo que les habrá contado — we'll have to see what he's told them

• voy a ver si está en su despacho — I'll see if he's in his office

9) (=notar) to see

no veo la diferencia entre uno y otro — I can't see the difference between them

ya veo que tendré que hacerlo yo solo — I can see I'll have to do it myself

-¿ves que no son iguales? -pues, no lo veo — "can't you see they're not the same?" - "no, I can't"

-gana más de cien mil al mes -¡ya ves! — "she earns more than 100,000 a month" - "well, there you go!"

• dejarse ver, los efectos de la crisis se dejaron ver meses después — the effects of the crisis were felt months later

la preocupación se dejaba ver en su cara — the worry showed in his face

• echar de ver algo — to notice sth

• por lo que veo — from what I can see

10) (=entender) to see

ahora veo la importancia del problema — I see how serious the problem is now

¿no ves que...? — don't o can't you see that...?

no veo muy claro para qué lo quiere — I can't really see what he wants it for

• hacer ver algo a algn — to point sth out to sb

11) (=encontrar) to see

no veo nada en contra de eso — I see nothing against it

no le veo solución al conflicto — I can't see a solution to the conflict

yo este tema no lo veo así — I don't see this issue that way

12) (Jur) [+ pleito] to hear, try

el proceso se verá en mayo — the case will be heard in May

13) tener que ver

-es demasiado pequeño -¿y eso qué tiene que ver? — "it's too small" - "what's that got to do with it?"

esto tiene que ver con lo que estudiamos ayer — this has to do with what we were looking at yesterday

yo no tuve nada que ver en la venta del terreno — I had nothing to do with the sale of the land

14) a ver

a ver niños, ¿cuál es la capital de Francia? — now, children, what is the capital of France?

-mira, tú sales en la foto -¿a ver? — "look, you're in the photo" - "let's have a look" o"let's see"

a ver ese niño, que no se quede solo — don't leave that child on his own

a ver qué dicen las noticias sobre el robo — let's see if there's anything about the robbery on the news

a ver qué está pasando — let's see what's happening

-estás estudiando mucho -¡a ver, no queda más remedio! — "you're doing a lot of studying" - "well, I haven't got much choice!"

¡a ver, cállate ya! — shut up, will you!

¿a ver? — (And) (Telec) hello?

• a ver si..., a ver si acabas pronto — see if you can finish this off quickly

¡a ver si te crees que no lo sé! — surely you don't think I don't know about it!

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=percibir) to see

no veo muy bien con el ojo derecho — I can't see very well with my right eye

como vimos ayer en la conferencia — as we saw in the lecture yesterday

como veremos más adelante — as we shall see later

• eso está por ver — that remains to be seen

que no veo * —

tengo un hambre que no veo — I'm famished!

que no veas * —

hay un ruido que no veas — there's a hell of a racket! *

un coche que no veas — an amazing car

ver y callar —

no digas nada, tú solo ver y callar — you'd better keep your mouth shut about this

- ver para creer

2) (=comprobar) to see

según voy viendo... — as I am beginning to see...

-¿quién ha venido? -no sé, voy a ver — "who is it?" -"I don't know, I'll go and see"

- al final siempre me toca hacerlo a mi -ya veo — "in the end it's always me that has to do it" - "so I see"

3) (=entender) to see

¿ves?, así es mucho más fácil — you see? it's much easier like this

a mi modo de ver — as I see it, the way I see it

¿viste? — ( Cono Sur) right?, are you with me?

4)

• ver de hacer algo — to see about doing sth, try to do sth

tenemos que ver de solucionar este problema — we must try to o and find a solution to this problem

veremos de salir temprano — we'll see if we can leave early, we'll try to o and leave early

5) (otras locuciones)

•¡hay que ver!, ¡hay que ver lo que te pareces a tu madre! — gosh! how like your mother you are o look!

¡hay que ver lo que ha cambiado la ciudad! — it's incredible o you wouldn't believe how much the town has changed!

•¡ para que veas!, ha aprobado todas las asignaturas, ¡para que veas! — she passed all her exams, how about that!

no solo no perdí, sino que arrasé, ¡para que veas! — not only did I not lose, but I won by a mile, so there!

—

• lo dijo de por ver — ( Cono Sur) he was just trying it on *

—

todo quedó en veremos — it was all left in the air

eso está o queda en veremos — it's not certain yet

• vamos a ver — let's see..., let me see...

-¿esto tiene arreglo? -no sé, vamos a ver — "can this be repaired?" - "I don't know, let's see o let me see"

¿por qué no me llamaste, vamos a ver? — why didn't you call me, I'd like to know?

•ya veremos — we'll see

-¿podré ir a la fiesta? -ya veremos — "can I go to the party?" - "we'll see"

3.

See:

verse

* * *
I
masculino

1) ( aspecto)

de buen ver — good-looking, attractive

no es de mal ver — she's not bad-looking

2) ( opinión)

a mi/su ver — in my/his view
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( percibir con la vista) to see

¿ves algo? — can you see anything?

no se ve nada aquí — you can't see a thing in here

tú ves visiones — you're seeing things

es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now

ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf

la vi bailar hace años — I saw her dance years ago

lo vi hablando con ella — I saw him talking to her

si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know

ver venir algo — to see something coming

b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watch

ver (la) televisión — to watch television

esa película ya la he visto — I've seen that movie before

déjame ver — let me see

no poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her

c) ( imaginar) to see, picture

2) (entender, notar) to see

¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?

no quiere ver la realidad — he won't face up to reality

sólo ve sus problemas — he's only interested in his own problems

se te ve en la cara — I can tell by your face

se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried

ya lo veo — I can see that

hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off

echar de ver — (Esp) to realize

3)

a) (constatar, comprobar) to see

ve a ver quién es — go and see who it is

ya verás lo que pasa! — you'll see what happens

habrá que ver si lo hace — it remains to be seen whether he does it

eso ya se verá! — we'll see

eso está por ver! — we'll see about that!

no me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?

le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!

b) ( ser testigo de) to see

vieron confirmadas sus sospechas — they saw their suspicions confirmed

nunca he visto cosa igual! — I've never seen anything like it!

habráse visto semejante desfachatez! — what a nerve! (colloq)

si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! — you can't imagine how awful it was!

es tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her

vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!

ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am

hay que ver! — would you believe it!

hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

hay que ver lo grosera que es — she's incredibly rude

que no veas — (Esp fam)

me echó una bronca que no veas — you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! (colloq)

que no veo — (AmL fam)

tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)

tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

4)

a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon

5)

a) ( estudiar)

esto mejor que lo veas tú — you'd better have a look at this

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo — I have to work out how I can fix it

ya veré qué hago — I'll decide what to do later

véase el capítulo anterior — see (the) previous chapter

no vimos ese tema en clase — we didn't cover that topic in class

b) médico ( examinar) to see

¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?

se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist

c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear

6)

a) (juzgar, considerar)

yo eso no lo veo bien — I don't think that's right

cada uno ve las cosas a su manera — everybody sees things differently

a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it

b) ( encontrar) to see

no le veo salida a esto — I can't see any way out of this

no le veo la gracia — I don't think it's funny

no le veo nada de malo — I can't see anything wrong in it

7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to see

cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)

ahora lo vemos menos — we don't see so much of him now

8)

tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
2.
ver vi

1) ( percibir con la vista) to see

enciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted

2) ( constatar)

¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look

¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see

verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...

pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...

ver para creer — seeing is believing

3) ( pensar) to see

¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see

estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)

todavía está en veremos — it isn't certain yet

seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
3.
verse v pron

1) (refl)

a) ( percibirse) to see oneself

se vio reflejado en el agua — he saw his reflection in the water

b) ( imaginarse) to see oneself

2)

a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

me vi en un aprieto — I found myself in a tight spot

me vi obligado a despedirlo — I had no choice but to dismiss him

vérselas venir — (fam)

me las veía venir — I could see it coming

verse venir algo — to see something coming

b) (frml) ( ser)

este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...

el país se verá beneficiado — the country will benefit

3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)

se te ve todo — you're showing everything

4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)

se ve bien con esa falda — she looks good in that skirt

no se ve bien con ese peinado — that hairdo doesn't suit her

5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each other

nos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven

no nos vimos durante un tiempo — we didn't see each other for a while

nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!

verse con alguien — to see somebody

vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with

* * *

= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.

Ex. He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.

Ex. Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex. Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.

Ex. When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.

Ex. Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.

Ex. Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.

Ex. We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.

Ex. Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.

Ex. She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.

Ex. There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.

Ex. The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.

Ex. 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.

----

* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* al ver = at the sight of.

* a mi modo de ver = in my books.

* de buen ver = good looking.

* dejar de ver = become + blind to.

* dejarse ver = have + visibility.

* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el ver televisión = television viewing.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.

* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.

* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no ver = be blind to.

* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.

* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).

* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.

* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* referencia "véase" = see reference.

* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.

* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.

* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* ser algo por ver = be an open question.

* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.

* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.

* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.

* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).

* véase además = see also.

* véase como ejemplo = witness.

* véase desde = see from, refer-from.

* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.

* Veo, Veo = I Spy.

* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.

* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.

* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.

* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.

* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.

* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver a través de = see through, see through.

* ver bien = welcome.

* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* ver con los prismáticos = glass.

* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).

* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.

* ver de antemano = preview.

* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.

* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.

* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.

* ver doble = see + double.

* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.

* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.

* ver el porqué = see + the point.

* ver el propósito = see + the point.

* ver el sentido = see + the point.

* ver en pantalla = scroll.

* ver faltas en = see + faults in.

* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.

* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.

* ver la finalidad = see + the point.

* ver la luz = see + the light.

* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.

* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.

* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.

* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.

* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.

* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.

* ver las estrellas = see + stars.

* ver la tele = watch + the telly.

* ver la utilidad = see + the point.

* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.

* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.

* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.

* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.

* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.

* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.

* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.

* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.

* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.

* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.

* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.

* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.

* vérselas con = contend with.

* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.

* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.

* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.

* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.

* verse venir = be on the cards.

* ver televisión = watch + television.

* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.

* ver ventajas = see + advantages.

* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.

* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* * *
I
masculino

1) ( aspecto)

de buen ver — good-looking, attractive

no es de mal ver — she's not bad-looking

2) ( opinión)

a mi/su ver — in my/his view
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( percibir con la vista) to see

¿ves algo? — can you see anything?

no se ve nada aquí — you can't see a thing in here

tú ves visiones — you're seeing things

es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now

ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf

la vi bailar hace años — I saw her dance years ago

lo vi hablando con ella — I saw him talking to her

si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know

ver venir algo — to see something coming

b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watch

ver (la) televisión — to watch television

esa película ya la he visto — I've seen that movie before

déjame ver — let me see

no poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her

c) ( imaginar) to see, picture

2) (entender, notar) to see

¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?

no quiere ver la realidad — he won't face up to reality

sólo ve sus problemas — he's only interested in his own problems

se te ve en la cara — I can tell by your face

se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried

ya lo veo — I can see that

hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off

echar de ver — (Esp) to realize

3)

a) (constatar, comprobar) to see

ve a ver quién es — go and see who it is

ya verás lo que pasa! — you'll see what happens

habrá que ver si lo hace — it remains to be seen whether he does it

eso ya se verá! — we'll see

eso está por ver! — we'll see about that!

no me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?

le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!

b) ( ser testigo de) to see

vieron confirmadas sus sospechas — they saw their suspicions confirmed

nunca he visto cosa igual! — I've never seen anything like it!

habráse visto semejante desfachatez! — what a nerve! (colloq)

si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! — you can't imagine how awful it was!

es tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her

vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!

ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am

hay que ver! — would you believe it!

hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

hay que ver lo grosera que es — she's incredibly rude

que no veas — (Esp fam)

me echó una bronca que no veas — you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! (colloq)

que no veo — (AmL fam)

tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)

tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

4)

a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon

5)

a) ( estudiar)

esto mejor que lo veas tú — you'd better have a look at this

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo — I have to work out how I can fix it

ya veré qué hago — I'll decide what to do later

véase el capítulo anterior — see (the) previous chapter

no vimos ese tema en clase — we didn't cover that topic in class

b) médico ( examinar) to see

¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?

se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist

c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear

6)

a) (juzgar, considerar)

yo eso no lo veo bien — I don't think that's right

cada uno ve las cosas a su manera — everybody sees things differently

a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it

b) ( encontrar) to see

no le veo salida a esto — I can't see any way out of this

no le veo la gracia — I don't think it's funny

no le veo nada de malo — I can't see anything wrong in it

7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to see

cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)

ahora lo vemos menos — we don't see so much of him now

8)

tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
2.
ver vi

1) ( percibir con la vista) to see

enciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted

2) ( constatar)

¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look

¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see

verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...

pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...

ver para creer — seeing is believing

3) ( pensar) to see

¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see

estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)

todavía está en veremos — it isn't certain yet

seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
3.
verse v pron

1) (refl)

a) ( percibirse) to see oneself

se vio reflejado en el agua — he saw his reflection in the water

b) ( imaginarse) to see oneself

2)

a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

me vi en un aprieto — I found myself in a tight spot

me vi obligado a despedirlo — I had no choice but to dismiss him

vérselas venir — (fam)

me las veía venir — I could see it coming

verse venir algo — to see something coming

b) (frml) ( ser)

este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...

el país se verá beneficiado — the country will benefit

3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)

se te ve todo — you're showing everything

4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)

se ve bien con esa falda — she looks good in that skirt

no se ve bien con ese peinado — that hairdo doesn't suit her

5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each other

nos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven

no nos vimos durante un tiempo — we didn't see each other for a while

nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!

verse con alguien — to see somebody

vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with

* * *

= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.

Ex: He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.

Ex: Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex: Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.

Ex: When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.

Ex: Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.

Ex: Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.

Ex: We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.

Ex: Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.

Ex: She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.

Ex: There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.

Ex: The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.

Ex: 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.

* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* al ver = at the sight of.

* a mi modo de ver = in my books.

* de buen ver = good looking.

* dejar de ver = become + blind to.

* dejarse ver = have + visibility.

* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el ver televisión = television viewing.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.

* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.

* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no ver = be blind to.

* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.

* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).

* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.

* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* referencia "véase" = see reference.

* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.

* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.

* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* ser algo por ver = be an open question.

* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.

* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.

* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.

* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).

* véase además = see also.

* véase como ejemplo = witness.

* véase desde = see from, refer-from.

* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.

* Veo, Veo = I Spy.

* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.

* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.

* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.

* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.

* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.

* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver a través de = see through, see through.

* ver bien = welcome.

* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* ver con los prismáticos = glass.

* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).

* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.

* ver de antemano = preview.

* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.

* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.

* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.

* ver doble = see + double.

* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.

* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.

* ver el porqué = see + the point.

* ver el propósito = see + the point.

* ver el sentido = see + the point.

* ver en pantalla = scroll.

* ver faltas en = see + faults in.

* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.

* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.

* ver la finalidad = see + the point.

* ver la luz = see + the light.

* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.

* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.

* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.

* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.

* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.

* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.

* ver las estrellas = see + stars.

* ver la tele = watch + the telly.

* ver la utilidad = see + the point.

* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.

* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.

* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.

* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.

* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.

* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.

* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.

* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.

* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.

* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.

* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.

* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.

* vérselas con = contend with.

* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.

* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.

* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.

* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.

* verse venir = be on the cards.

* ver televisión = watch + television.

* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.

* ver ventajas = see + advantages.

* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.

* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* * *

ver¹

masculine

A

(aspecto): aún está de buen ver he's still good-looking o attractive, he still looks good

no es de mal ver she's not bad-looking

B

(opinión): a mi/su ver in my/his view, as I see/he sees it

ver² [ E29 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ ver (verbo transitivo)

A

1 percibir con la vista

2 mirar

3 imaginar

B

1 entender, notar

2 echar de ver

C

1 constatar, comprobar

2 ser testigo de

D a ver

E

1 estudiar

2 examinar: médico

3 Derecho

F

1 juzgar, considerar

2 encontrar

G visitar, entrevistarse con

H en el póquer

I tener... que ver

■ ver (verbo intransitivo)

A percibir con la vista

B constatar

C estudiar, pensar

D a ver

E ver de

■ verse (verbo pronominal)

A

1 percibirse

2 imaginarse

B

1 hallarse

2 ser

C parecer

D encontrarse

vt

A

1 (percibir con la vista) to see

¿ves el letrero allí enfrente? can o do you see that sign opposite?

lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own eyes

¿ves algo? can you see anything?

enciende la luz que no se ve nada switch on the light, I can't see a thing

tú ves visiones, allí no hay nada you're seeing things, there's nothing there

se te ve la combinación your slip is showing

me acuerdo perfectamente, es como si lo estuviera viendo I remember it perfectly, as if I were seeing it now

ver algo/a algn + INF/GER:

la vi bailar en Londres hace años I saw her dance in London years ago

la vi metérselo en el bolsillo I saw her put it into her pocket

los vieron salir por la puerta trasera they were seen leaving by the back door

lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her

ahí donde lo/la ves: ahí donde la ves tiene un genio … incredible though it may seem, she has a real temper …

aquí donde me ves, tengo 90 años cumplidos believe it or not, I'm ninety years old

no ver ni tres en un burro or ni un burro a tres pasos or ni jota ( fam): sin gafas no veo ni jota I can't see a thing without my glasses, without my glasses I'm as blind as a bat

si te he visto no me acuerdo ( fam): en cuanto le pedí un favor, si te he visto no me acuerdo as soon as I asked a favor of him, he just didn't want to know

ver venir algo/a algn: el fracaso se veía venir it was obvious o you could see it was going to fail

te veía venir, ya sabía lo que me ibas a pedir I thought as much, I knew what you were going to ask me for

ya lo veo venir, seguro que quiere una semana libre I know what he's after, I bet he wants a week off ( colloq)

¡y tú que lo veas!: ¡que cumplas muchos más! — ¡y tú que lo veas! many happy returns! — thank you very much

van a bajar los impuestos — ¡y tú que lo veas! ( iró); they're going to cut taxes — do you think you'll live long enough to see it? ( iro)

2 (mirar) to watch

estaba viendo la televisión I was watching television

esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before

¿te has hecho daño?, déjame ver have you hurt yourself? let me see

un espectáculo que hay que ver a show which you must see o which is not to be missed o ( colloq) which is a must

no poder (ni) ver a algn: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver he can't stand her, he can't stand the sight of her

no lo puedo ver ni pintado or ni en pintura ( fam); I can't stand the sight of him

3 (imaginar) to see, imagine, picture

yo no la veo viviendo en el campo I can't see o imagine o picture her living in the country

ya la veo tumbada en la arena sin hacer nada … I can see o picture her now lying on the sand doing nothing …

B

1 (entender, notar) to see

¿no ves que la situación es grave? don't o can't you see how serious the situation is?

¿ves qué amargo es? you see how bitter it is?

no quiere ver la realidad he won't face up to reality

sólo ve sus problemas he's only interested in his own problems

se te ve en la cara I can tell by your face

se le ve que disfruta con su trabajo you can see o tell she enjoys her work

te veo preocupado ¿qué te pasa? you look worried, what's the matter?

la veo muy contenta she looks o seems very happy

es un poco complicado, ¿sabes? — ya se ve it's a bit complicated, you know — so I (can) see

ya veo/ya se ve que no tienes mucha práctica en esto I can see o it's obvious you haven't had much practice at this, you obviously haven't had much practice at this

hacerse ver ( RPl); to show off

2

echar de ver to realize, notice

pronto echó de ver que le faltaba dinero he soon realized o noticed that some of his money was missing

se echa de ver que está muy contento it's obvious he's very happy

C

1 (constatar, comprobar) to see

ve a ver quién es go and see who it is

¡ya verás lo que es bueno si no me haces caso! you'll see what you get if you don't do as I say

habrá que ver si cumple su promesa it remains to be seen o we'll have to see whether he keeps his promise

verás como no viene he won't come, wait and see o you'll see

ya no funciona ¿lo ves? or ¿viste? te dije que no lo tocaras now, it's not working any more. You see? I told you not to touch it

¡eso ya se verá! we'll see

¡eso está por ver! we'll see about that!

¡para que veas! ¡tú que decías que no iba a ser capaz! see? I did it! and you said I wouldn't be able to!

gané por tres sets a cero ¡para que veas! I won by three sets to love, so there!

2 (ser testigo de) to see

vieron confirmadas sus sospechas they saw their suspicions confirmed, their suspicions were confirmed

¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!

¡habráse visto semejante desfachatez! what a nerve! ( colloq)

¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!

es tan bonita, si vieras … she's so pretty, you should see her

¡vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron …! ( AmL); you should have seen the fright they got!

tenías que haber visto lo furioso que se puso you should have seen how angry he got

¡hombre! ¿tú por aquí? — ya ves, no tenía otra cosa que hacer hello, what are you doing here? — well, I didn't have anything else to do

pensaba tomarme el día libre pero ya ves, aquí me tienes I intended taking the day off but … well, here I am

¡hay que ver! ¡lo que son las cosas! well, well, well! o I don't know! would you believe it?

¡hay que ver! hasta se llevaron el dinero de los niños would you believe it! they even took the children's money

¡hay que ver lo que ha crecido! wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

hay que ver qué bien se portaron they behaved really well, it's amazing how well they behaved

hay que ver lo grosera que es she's incredibly rude

que no veas ( Esp fam): me echó una bronca que no veas she gave me such an earful! ( colloq), you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! ( colloq)

tenía una borrachera que no veas he was absolutely blind drunk

tienen una cocina que no veas they have an incredible kitchen

que no veo ( AmL fam): tengo un hambre que no veo ( fam); I'm absolutely starving ( colloq), I'm so hungry I could eat a horse ( colloq)

tengo un sueño que no veo I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

D

a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right o well, now, what's the problem?

a ver, el fórceps, rápido give me the forceps, quickly

aquí está en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see

¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see o show me what you've got there, what have you got there?

aprieta el botón a ver qué pasa press the button and let's see what happens

a ver si me entienden (justificando) don't get me wrong; (explicando) let me make myself clear

a ver si arreglas esa lámpara when are you going to fix that light?

a ver si escribes pronto write soon, make sure you write soon

¡cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you

¡a ver si ahora se cree que se lo robé yo! I hope he doesn't think that I stole it!

a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos come and see us soon/one of these days

¡a ver! (AmC, Col) (al contestar el teléfono) hello?

E

1

(estudiar): esto mejor que lo veas tú you'd better look at this o see this o have a look at this

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out o see how I can fix it

aún no lo sé, ya veré qué hago I still don't know, I'll decide what to do later

véase el capítulo anterior see (the) previous chapter

no vimos ese tema en clase we didn't look at o study o do that topic in class

2

«médico» (examinar): ¿la ha visto ya un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?, has she seen a doctor yet?

¿por qué no te haces ver por un especialista? ( AmS); why don't you see a specialist?

3 ( Derecho) ‹causa› to try, hear

F

1

(juzgar, considerar): yo eso no lo veo bien I don't think that's right

cada uno ve las cosas a su manera everybody has their own point of view, everybody sees things differently

a mi modo or manera de ver to my way of thinking, the way I see it

2 (encontrar) to see

no le veo salida a esta situación I can't see any way out of this situation

¿tú le ves algún inconveniente? can you see any drawbacks to it?

no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny, I don't find it funny

no le veo nada de malo I can't see anything wrong in it

no veo por qué no I don't see why not

G

(visitar, entrevistarse con): es mejor que vea a su propio médico it's better if you go to o see your own doctor

hace tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for some time

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see ( colloq)

aún no he ido a ver a la abuela I still haven't been to see o visit grandmother

ahora que vive lejos lo vemos menos we don't see so much of him now that he lives so far away

H

(en el póquer): las veo I'll see you

I

tener … que ver: eso no tiene nada que ver con lo que estamos discutiendo that has nothing to do with what we are discussing

es muy joven — ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? he's very young — and what does that have to do with it?

no tengo nada que ver con esa compañía I have nothing to do with that company, I have no connection with that company

¿tuviste algo que ver en ese asunto? did you have anything to do with o any connection with that business?, were you involved in that business?

¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?

¿tendrán algo que ver con los Icasuriaga de Zamora? are they related in any way to the Icasuriagas from Zamora?

■ ver

vi

A (percibir con la vista) to see

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted

enciende la luz que no veo turn on the light, I can't see

B

(constatar): ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look

¿está Juan? — voy a ver is Juan in? — I'll go and see

verás, no quería engañarte pero … look, I wasn't trying to deceive you, it's just that …

pues verás, la cosa empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …

ver para creer seeing is believing

C (estudiar, pensar) to see

vamos a veror veamos, ¿dónde le duele? let's see now, where does it hurt?

¿vas a decir que sí? — ya veré, déjame pensarlo un poco are you going to accept? I'll see, let me think about it

estar/seguir en veremos ( AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet

seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything, we're still in the dark

D

a ver see ver² vt D.

E ver de (procurar) to try

vean de que no se dé cuenta try to make sure he doesn't notice

vamos a ver de hacerlo lo más rápido posible let's try to get it done o let's see if we can get it done as quickly as possible

■ verse

v pron

A ( refl)

1 (percibirse) to see oneself

¿te quieres ver en el espejo? do you want to see yourself o look at yourself in the mirror?

se vio reflejado en el agua he saw his reflection in the water

2 (imaginarse) to see oneself

¿tú te ves viviendo allí? can you see yourself living there?

B

1 (hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

me vi obligado a despedirlo I was obliged to dismiss him, I had no choice but to dismiss him

se vio en la necesidad de pedir dinero prestado he found himself having to borrow money

me vi en un aprieto I found myself in a tight spot

vérselas venir ( fam): me las veía venir por eso tomé precauciones I saw it coming so I took precautions

vérselas y deseárselas: me las vi y me las deseé estudiando y trabajando durante cinco años it was really tough o hard o it was a real struggle studying and working for five years

verse venir algo to see sth coming

2 ( frml)

(ser): este problema se ha visto agravado por … this problem has been made worse by …

las cifras se ven aumentadas al final del verano the figures rise at the end of the summer

el país se verá beneficiado con este acuerdo the country will benefit from this agreement

C ( esp AmL) (parecer) to look

me veo gordísima con esta falda I look really fat in this skirt

D ( recípr) (encontrarse) to meet

se veían un par de veces al mes they used to see each other o meet a couple of times a month

nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven

es mejor que no nos veamos durante un tiempo we'd better not see each other for a while

¡nos vemos! ( esp AmL); see you!, I'll be seeing you!

verse CON algn to see sb

ya no me veo con ellos I don't see them any more

vérselas con algn: tendrá que vérselas conmigo como se atreva a molestarte he'll have me to deal with if he dares to bother you

* * *

ver 1 sustantivo masculino
1 ( aspecto):
◊ ser de buen ver to be good-looking o attractive

2 ( opinión):
◊ a mi/su ver in my/his view

ver 2 ( conjugate ver) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( percibir con la vista) to see;

◊ ¿ves algo? can you see anything?;

no se ve nada aquí you can't see a thing in here;
lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her
b) ( mirar) ‹programa/partido› to watch;

◊ ver (la) televisión to watch television;

esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before;
no poder (ni) ver a algn: no la puede ver he can't stand her
2 (entender, notar) to see;
◊ ¿no ves lo que está pasando? don't o can't you see what's happening?;

se la ve preocupada she looks worried;
hacerse ver (RPl) to show off
3
a) (constatar, comprobar) to see;

◊ ve a ver quién es go and see who it is;

¡ya verás lo que pasa! you'll see what happens;
¡ya se verá! we'll see
b) ( ser testigo de) to see;

◊ ¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!;

¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!;
¡hubieras visto cómo se asustaron! (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
4
◊ a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?;

está aquí, en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see;
apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and see what happens;
a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon
5
a) ( estudiar):

◊ esto mejor que lo veas tú you'd better have a look at this;

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out how I can fix it;
ya veré qué hago I'll decide what to do later
b) [ médico] ( examinar) to see;

◊ ¿la ha visto un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?

6
a) (juzgar, considerar):

◊ yo eso no lo veo bien I don't think that's right;

a mi modo or manera de ver the way I see it
b) ( encontrar) to see;

◊ no le veo salida a esto I can't see any way out of this;

no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny
7 (visitar, entrevistarse con) ‹amigo/pariente› to see, visit;
‹médico/jefe› to see;
◊ ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!

8
◊ tener … que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?;

no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him;
¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?
verbo intransitivo
1 ( percibir con la vista) to see;
◊ así no veo I can't see like this;

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted
2 ( constatar):
◊ ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look;

pues verás, todo empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …
3 ( pensar) to see;
◊ ya veré I'll see;

estar/seguir en veremos (AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet;
seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything
verse verbo pronominal
1 ( refl) (percibirse, imaginarse) to see oneself
2 ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself;
◊ me vi en un aprieto I found myself in a tight spot;

me vi obligado a despedirlo I had no choice but to dismiss him
3 (esp AmL) ( parecer):
◊ se ve bien con esa falda she looks good in that skirt;

no se ve bien con ese peinado that hairdo doesn't suit her
4 ( recípr)
a) ( encontrarse) to meet;

◊ nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven;

¡nos vemos! (esp AmL) see you!
b) (visitarse, encontrarse) to see each other;

◊ nos vemos a menudo we see each other often;

verse con algn to see sb
ver 1 m (aspecto exterior) aún estás de buen ver, you're still good-looking
ver 2 I verbo transitivo
1 to see: vi tu cartera sobre la mesa, I saw your wallet on the table
no veo nada, I can't see anything
puede ver tu casa desde aquí, he can see your house from here ➣ Ver nota en see; (mirar la televisión) to watch: estamos viendo las noticias de las tres, we are watching the three o'clock news
(cine) me gustaría ver esa película, I'd like to see that film
2 (entender) no veo por qué no te gusta, I can't see why you don't like it
(considerar) a mi modo de ver, as far as I can see o as I see it
tus padres no ven bien esa relación, your parents don't agree with that relationship
(parecer) se te ve nervioso, you look nervous
3 (averiguar) ya veremos qué sucede, we'll soon see what happens
fam (uso enfático) ¡no veas qué sitio tan bonito!, you wouldn't believe what a beautiful place!
4 a ver, let's see: a ver si acabamos este trabajo, let's see if we can finish this job
me compré un compacto, - ¿a ver?, I bought a compact disc, - let's have a look!
5 (ir a ver, visitar) to see, visit: le fui a ver al hospital, I visited him in hospital
II verbo intransitivo
1 to see: no ve bien de lejos, he's shortsighted, US nearsighted
2 (dudar, pensar) ¿me prestas este libro?, - ya veré, will you lend me this book?, - I'll see
3 (tener relación) no tengo nada que ver con ese asunto, I have nothing to do with that business
solo tiene cincuenta años, - ¿y eso qué tiene qué ver?, he's only fifty, - so what?
♦ Locuciones: no poder ver a alguien: no puede (ni) verle, she can't stand him
¿To see, to watch o to look?
Los tres verbos reflejan tres conceptos muy distintos. To see hace referencia a la capacidad visual y no es fruto de una acción deliberada. A menudo se usa con can o could: I can see the mountains from my bedroom. Puedo ver las montañas desde mi dormitorio.
To look at implica una acción deliberada: I saw an old atlas, so I opened it and looked at the maps. Vi un atlas antiguo, así que lo abrí y miré los mapas.
To watch también se refiere a una acción deliberada, a menudo cuando se tiene un interés especial por lo que ocurre: I watched the planes in the sky with great interest. Miraba los aviones en el cielo con gran interés. Igualmente puede indicar el paso del tiempo (we watched the animals playing for half an hour, durante media hora observamos cómo jugaban los animales), movimiento (they stood there watching the cars drive off into the distance, se quedaron allí de pie viendo cómo se marchaban los coches) o vigilancia (the policemen have been watching this house because they thought we were thieves, los policías estaban vigilando la casa porque pensaban que éramos ladrones).
Para hablar de películas u obras de teatro usamos to see: Have you seen Hamlet?, ¿Has visto Hamlet? To watch se refiere a la televisión y los deportes en general: I always watch the television in the evening. Siempre veo la televisión por las noches. I like to watch football. Me gusta ver el fútbol. Al hablar de programas o partidos específicos podemos usar tanto to watch como to see: I like to see/watch the news at 9:00. Me gusta ver las noticias a las 9.00. Did you see/watch the match last night?, ¿Viste el partido anoche?
' ver' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abundante
- acabar
- aclararse
- aconsejar
- acordar
- acordarse
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- actual
- actualmente
- acuerdo
- adentro
- adición
- advertir
- agradecer
- aguantar
- aguardar
- ahora
- alegre
- almuerzo
- alquiler
- alta
- alto
- amarilla
- amarillo
- americanada
- amplia
- amplio
- añadir
- anexa
- anexo
- añorar
- apartamento
- apellido
- apetecer
- apreciar
- arrepentirse
- arriesgarse
- atreverse
- aún
- ausente
- ayudar
- bajar
- bastante
- burra
- burro
- cachorra
- cachorro
- caliente
English:
able
- add
- add up
- addition
- advertising
- afloat
- afraid
- afternoon
- aghast
- ajar
- akin
- alight
- alike
- alive
- all
- allow
- alone
- already
- although
- among
- amongst
- and
- another
- apartment
- appear
- appendix
- arouse
- as
- ashamed
- asleep
- assassin
- assassinate
- assassination
- associate
- attorney
- averse
- awake
- awaken
- aware
- bar
- barrister
- bath
- be
- beat
- beer
- beg
- benefit
- between
- billion
- bite

* * *

ver

♦ nm

1. [aspecto]
estar de buen ver to be good-looking

2. [opinión]
a mi ver the way I see it

♦ vt

1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;
[mirar] to look at; [televisión, programa, espectáculo deportivo] to watch; [película, obra, concierto] to see;
¿ves algo? can you see anything?;

yo no veo nada I can't see a thing;

he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work;

¿vemos la tele un rato? shall we watch some TV?;

esta serie nunca la veo I never watch this series;

¿has visto el museo? have you been to the museum?;

yo te veo más delgada you look thinner to me;
Méx Fam
¿qué me ves? what are you looking at?;

este edificio ha visto muchos sucesos históricos this building has seen a lot of historic events;

los jubilados han visto aumentadas sus pensiones pensioners have had their pensions increased;

ver a alguien hacer algo to see sb doing sth;

los vi actuar en el festival I saw them acting at the festival;

te vi bajar del autobús I saw you getting off the bus;

los vieron discutir o [m5] discutiendo they were seen arguing;

¡nunca o [m5] jamás he visto cosa igual! I've never seen the like of it!;

¡si vieras qué bien lo pasamos! if only you knew what a good time we had!;

¡si vieras qué cara se le puso! you should have seen her face!;

Comp

ver venir algo/a alguien: este problema ya lo veía venir I could see this problem coming;

lo veo venir I can see what he's up to;

Comp

verlas venir: él prefiere quedarse a verlas venir he prefers to wait and see;

Comp

¡quién lo ha visto y quién lo ve! it's amazing how much he's changed!;

Comp

si no lo veo, no lo creo I'd never have believed it if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes;

Comp

si te he visto no me acuerdo: pero ahora, si te he visto, no me acuerdo but now he/she/ etc doesn't want to know

2. [entender, apreciar, considerar] to see;

ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood;

¿no ves que trata de disculparse? can't you see o tell she's trying to apologize?;

¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?;

ahora lo veo todo claro now I understand everything;

a todo le ve pegas he sees problems in everything;

yo no le veo solución a este problema I can't see a solution to this problem;

¿tú cómo lo ves? how do you see it?;

yo lo veo así I see it this way o like this;

es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it;

yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad;

ahí donde la ves, era muy guapa de joven she was very pretty when she was young, you know;

dejarse ver (por un sitio) to show one's face (somewhere);

¿te gusta? – ¡a ver! do you like it? – of course I do!;

Comp

¡habráse visto!: ¡habráse visto qué cara dura/mal genio tiene! you'd never believe what a cheek/temper he has!;

Comp

¡hay que ver! [indica sorpresa] would you believe it!;
[indica indignación] it makes me mad!;
¡hay que ver qué lista es! you wouldn't believe how clever she is!;

¡hay que ver cuánto se gasta estando de vacaciones! it's amazing how much you spend when you're on Br holiday o US vacation!;

Comp

para que veas: no le tengo ningún rencor, ¡para que veas! I don't bear him any hard feelings, in case you were wondering;

Comp
Fam
no poder ver a alguien (ni en pintura): no lo puedo ver I can't stand (the sight of) him

3. [imaginar] to see;

ya veo tu foto en los periódicos I can (just) see your photo in the newspapers;

francamente, yo no la veo casada to be honest, I find it hard to see her getting married

4. [comprobar] to see;

ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on;

ve a ver si quedan cervezas go and see if o have a look if there are any beers left;

veré qué puedo hacer I'll see what I can do;

queda por ver si ésta es la mejor solución it remains to be seen whether this is the best solution;

eso está por ver, eso habrá que verlo that remains to be seen;

veamos let's see

5. [tratar, estudiar] [tema, problema] to look at;

el lunes veremos la lección 6 we'll do lesson 6 on Monday;

como ya hemos visto en anteriores capítulos… as we have seen in previous chapters…

6. [reconocer] [sujeto: médico, especialista] to have o take a look at;

necesitas que te vea un médico, Andes, RP [m5] hazte ver por un médico you ought to see a doctor;
Andes, RP
el televisor no funciona, tengo que hacerlo ver the television's not working, I must get someone to have a look at it o get it seen to

7. [visitar, citarse con] to see;

tienes que ir a ver al médico you ought to see the doctor;

ven a vernos cuando quieras come and see us any time you like;

mañana vamos a ver a mis padres we're seeing my parents tomorrow;

hace siglos que no la veo I haven't seen her for ages;

últimamente no los veo mucho I haven't seen much of them recently

8. Der [juzgar]
ver un caso to hear a case

9. [en juegos de naipes] to see;

las veo I'll see you

♦ vi

1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;

ver bien/mal to have good/poor eyesight;

no veo bien de cerca/de lejos I'm long-sighted/short-sighted;

¿ves bien ahí? can you see all right from there?;

Comp
Fam
que no veo: tengo un hambre/sueño que no veo I'm incredibly hungry/tired;

Comp
Fam
que no veas: hace un frío/calor que no veas it's incredibly cold/hot;

los vecinos arman un ruido que no veas the neighbours are unbelievably noisy;

Comp

hasta más ver [adiós] see you soon

2. [hacer la comprobación] to see;

la casa está en muy buenas condiciones – ya veo the house is in very good condition – so I see;

es muy sencillo, ya verás it's quite simple, you'll see;

creo que me queda uno en el almacén, iré a ver I think I have one left in the storeroom, I'll just go and see o look;

vendrá en el periódico – voy a ver it'll be in the newspaper – I'll go and see o look;

tú sigue sin estudiar y verás you'll soon see what happens if you carry on not studying;

¿ves?, te lo dije (you) see? I told you so;

Comp

ver para creer seeing is believing

3. [decidir]
¿lo harás? – ya veré will you do it? – I'll see;

ya veremos we'll see

4. [en juegos de naipes]
¡veo! I'll see you!

5. [como muletilla]
verás, tengo algo muy importante que decirte listen o look, I've got something very important to say to you;

¿qué ha pasado? – pues, verás, yo estaba… what happened? – well, you see, I was…

6.
a ver: a ver cuánto aguantas en esa postura let's see how long you can hold that position;

a ver cuándo vienes a vernos you must come and see us some time;

no subas al tejado, a ver si te vas a caer don't go up on the roof, you might fall;

¡a ver si tienes más cuidado con lo que dices! you should be a bit more careful what you say!;

¿a ver? [mirando con interés] let me see, let's have a look;
Col
¡a ver! [al teléfono] hello?;

a ver, ¿qué te pasa? let's see, what's wrong?;

a ver, antes de empezar… let's see, right, before starting…;

vamos a ver let's see

♦ See also the pronominal verb verse

* * *

ver

<part visto>

I v/t

1 L.Am. ( mirar) look at; televisión watch

2 see;

sin ser visto unseen, without being seen;

la vi ayer en la reunión I saw her yesterday at the meeting;

no puede verla fig he can’t stand the sight of her;

tengo un hambre que no veo fam I’m starving o

ravenous;

me lo veía venir I could see it coming;

te veo venir fig I know what you’re after

3 ( visitar)

:

fui a ver al médico I went to see the doctor

4 ( opinar)

:

¿cómo lo ves? what do you think?

5 ( entender)

:

me hizo ver que estaba equivocado she made me see that I was wrong;

¿(lo) ves? (do) you see?

6 JUR pleito hear

7

:

no tiene nada que ver con it doesn’t have anything to do with

II v/i

1 L.Am. ( mirar) look;

ve aquí dentro look in here

2 see;

no veo bien sin gafas I don’t see too well without my glasses

3 ( considerar)

:

está por ver that remains to be seen;

ya veremos we’ll see;

vamos a ver let’s see;

a ver let’s see, now then

4 locuciones

:

¡hay que ver! would you believe it!;

¡para que veas! so there!

* * *

ver {88} vt

1) : to see

vimos la película: we saw the movie

2) entender: to understand

ya lo veo: now I get it

3) examinar: to examine, to look into

lo veré: I'll take a look at it

4) juzgar: to see, to judge

a mi manera de ver: to my way of thinking

5) visitar: to meet with, to visit

6) averiguar: to find out

7)

a ver or

vamos a ver : let's see

ver vi

1) : to see

2) enterarse: to learn, to find out

3) entender: to understand

♦ See also the reflexive verb verse

* * *

ver vb

1. (en general) to see [pt. saw; pp. seen]

no veo nada I can't see a thing

ya he visto esta película I've already seen this film

voy a ver quién es I'll go and see who it is

2. (mirar) to watch

están viendo la tele they're watching TV

3. (parecer) to look

lo veo muy feliz he looks very happy

4. (considerar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

veo difícil que mi equipo gane la liga I don't think my team will win the league

a ver let's see

a ver si I hope

no poder ver a alguien not to be able to stand someone

no puede ver a su vecino she can't stand her neighbour

veamos let's see

Spanish-English dictionary > ver
18 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
19 Mars

Mars (archaic and poet. Māvors, q. v.), Martis (collat. reduplic. form Marmar, in the Song of the Arval Brothers; v. the following, and Mamers), m. [root mar-, gleam; Sanscr. marīkis, beam of light; hence Mars, the bright god; cf.: marmor, mare], Mars, who, as father of Romulus, was the primogenitor of the Roman people, the god of war, of husbandry, of shepherds and seers. For him was named the month of Martius, March, the beginning of the Roman year, Ov. F. 3, 73 sqq.:
legio Martia... ab eo deo, a quo populum Romanum generatum accepimus,
Cic. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
Mars pater te precor quaesoque, uti sies volens propitius mihi, etc.,... ut tu morbos visos invisosque viduertatem vastitudinemque, calamitates intemperiasque prohibessis, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 2; cf., in the Song of the Arval Brothers, NEVE LVERVE MARMAR SINS INCVRRERE IN PLEORIS;
for Mars pater, the forms Marspiter, gen. Marspitris, or -tĕris, and Maspiter were also employed,
Gell. 5, 12, 5; Macr. S. 1, 12; 19; Varr. L. L. 8, § 33 Müll.; 9, § 75; 10, § 65; Prisc. p. 695:
Mars Gradivus, Quirinus, Silvanus, Ultor, v. under h. vv.: Mars durus,
Verg. E 10, 44:
torvus,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 17:
cruentus,
id. ib. 2, 14, 13:
ferus,
Ov. H. 7, 160; id. F. 4, 25:
ferox,
id. M. 13, 11:
bellicus,
id. F. 3, 1:
fortibus sane oculis Cassius (Martem spirare dicens) se in Siciliam non iturum,
Cic. Att. 15, 11. The Salii were destined for his service, Liv. 1, 20, 4; horses and bulls were offered to him, Paul. ex Fest. p. 61 Müll.; Ov. H. 6, 10; Macr. S. 3, 10, 4:
per Martem, a soldier's oath,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 21. He was often appealed to in oaths, etc., esp. by soldiers:
Nam neque Duellona mi umquam neque Mars creduat, ni, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 8; id. Mil. 1, 1, 11; id. Truc. 3, 1, 11.—
II.
Transf.
A.
War, battle, a conflict, engagement, contest, etc.; also the art of war: cum veter occubuit Priamus sub Marte Pelasgo, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 607 P. (Ann. v. 17 Vahl.):
Martem accendere cantu,
to incite to battle, Verg. A. 6, 165:
apertus,
fighting in the open field, Ov. M. 13, 27: equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare, i. e. to fight both in their own fashion (on horseback) and in one which was strange to them (on foot), Liv. 3, 62, 9:
pugna jam in manus, jam in gladios, ubi Mars est atrocissimus, venerat,
id. 2, 46, 3:
terribili Marte ululare,
Plin. 26, 4, 9, § 19:
captam sine Marte,
Stat. Ach. 1, 401:
quos amisimus cives, eos Martis vis perculit, non ira victoriae,
Cic. Marcell. 6, 17.— Poet.:
Mars forensis,
a contest in the forum, legal contest, Ov. P. 4, 6, 29; cf.:
et fora Marte suo litigiosa vacent,
id. F. 4, 188.—Hence, prov.: suo (nostro, vestro) Marte, by one's own exertions, without the assistance of others:
rex ipse suo Marte res suas recuperavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95; id. Off. 3, 7, 34:
cum vos vestro Marte his rebus omnibus abundetis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 9.—
B.
The issue of a war or a battle, the fortune of war:
cum omnis belli Mars communis, et cum semper incerti exitus proeliorum sint,
Cic. Fam. 6, 4, 1: communis adhuc Mars belli erat, Liv. 10, 28:
aequo Marte,
with equal advantage, on equal terms, Caes. B. G. 7, 19, 3; 8, 19, 2; Curt. 4, 1, 8:
pari Marte,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 19:
aequato Marte,
Liv. 1, 25:
verso Marte ( = versā fortunā),
id. 29, 3, 11:
vario Marte pugnatum est,
Quint. 8, 6, 24:
incerto Marte,
Tac. H. 4, 35:
anceps,
Liv. 7, 29, 2; 21, 1, 2:
dubius,
Vell. 2, 55, 3.—
C.
The planet Mars: Jovis stellae proximum inferiorem orbem tenet puroeis, quae stella Martis appellatur, Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 53; 2, 46, 119; Plin. 2, 8, 6, § 34; 2, 15, 12, § 60; Hyg. Astr. 2, 42:
Martis sidus,
Cassiod. Var. 11, 36.—Hence,
III.
Mar-tĭus ( Māvortĭus, v. infra), a, um, adj.
a.
Of or belonging to Mars:
lupus,
sacred to Mars, Verg. A. 9, 566; cf.: Martius lupus, integer et intactus, gentis nos Martiae et conditoris nostri admonuit, descended from Mars (since Mars is the father of Romulus and Remus), Liv. 10, 27:
legio,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 6; 4, 2, 5:
miles,
Ov. M. 14, 798:
proles,
i. e. Romulus and Remus, id. F. 3, 59:
anguis,
sacred to Mars, id. M. 3, 32:
judicium,
i. e. of the Areopagus at Athens, App. M. 10, p. 718 Oud.: Campus;
v. campus: harena,
a place in the Circus where the gladiators fought, Ov. Tr. 2, 282; Mart. 2, 75, 8:
gramen,
i. e. the Field of Mars, Hor. C. 3, 7, 26: Martius mensis, the month of March, formerly the first month of the year, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 13:
Martii Calendis,
Hor. C. 3, 8, 1: Idus Martiae, the Ides of March, famous as the day on which Julius Cæsar was killed, Cic. Att. 14, 4, 2; cf. 14, 20, 1 sq.; id. Phil. 2, 35, 88; id. Fam. 10, 28, 1.— In the form Mavortius ( poet.):
moenia,
i. e. Rome, Verg. A. 1, 276:
tellus,
i. e. Thrace, id. G. 4, 462:
conjux,
i. e. Venus, Val. Fl. 2, 208:
proles,
i. e. the Thebans, Ov. M. 3, 531; cf.:
seges belli (because sprung from the dragon's teeth),
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 135.—
b.
Transf.
1.
Warlike, martial:
Martia Penthesilea,
Verg. A. 11, 661:
Martia saeculi voluptas,
Mart. 5, 24, 1:
Martius aeris rauci canor,
Verg. G. 4, 71:
vulnera,
id. A. 7, 182:
Thebe,
i. e. where many wars were carried on, Ov. Am. 3, 6, 33.—
2.
Of or belonging to the planet Mars:
ille fulgor rutilus, horribilisque terris, quem Martium dicitis,
Cic. Rep. 6, 17, 17.—As subst.: Mar-tĭus, ii, m. (sc. mensis), March, the month of March:
Mensium nomina fere aperta sunt, si a Martio, ut antiqui constituerunt, numeres, Nam primus a Marte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 4, § 33.—
IV.
Martĭālis, e, adj.
A.
Of or belonging to Mars: Flamen, Varr L. L. 5, § 84 Müll.;
7, § 45 ib.: lupus,
sacred to Mars, Hor. C. 1, 17, 9:
ludi,
in honor of Mars, Suet. Claud. 1: Martialis collis, near the temple of Deus Fidius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 52 Müll.— Subst.: Martĭālis, is, m., a priest of Mars:
Martiales quidam Larini appellabantur, ministri publici Martis,
Cic. Clu. 15, 43.—
B.
Belonging to the legio Martia; hence, Martĭāles, the soldiers of the legio Martia, Cic. Phil. 4, 2, 5.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Mars
20 Martiales

Mars (archaic and poet. Māvors, q. v.), Martis (collat. reduplic. form Marmar, in the Song of the Arval Brothers; v. the following, and Mamers), m. [root mar-, gleam; Sanscr. marīkis, beam of light; hence Mars, the bright god; cf.: marmor, mare], Mars, who, as father of Romulus, was the primogenitor of the Roman people, the god of war, of husbandry, of shepherds and seers. For him was named the month of Martius, March, the beginning of the Roman year, Ov. F. 3, 73 sqq.:
legio Martia... ab eo deo, a quo populum Romanum generatum accepimus,
Cic. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
Mars pater te precor quaesoque, uti sies volens propitius mihi, etc.,... ut tu morbos visos invisosque viduertatem vastitudinemque, calamitates intemperiasque prohibessis, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 2; cf., in the Song of the Arval Brothers, NEVE LVERVE MARMAR SINS INCVRRERE IN PLEORIS;
for Mars pater, the forms Marspiter, gen. Marspitris, or -tĕris, and Maspiter were also employed,
Gell. 5, 12, 5; Macr. S. 1, 12; 19; Varr. L. L. 8, § 33 Müll.; 9, § 75; 10, § 65; Prisc. p. 695:
Mars Gradivus, Quirinus, Silvanus, Ultor, v. under h. vv.: Mars durus,
Verg. E 10, 44:
torvus,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 17:
cruentus,
id. ib. 2, 14, 13:
ferus,
Ov. H. 7, 160; id. F. 4, 25:
ferox,
id. M. 13, 11:
bellicus,
id. F. 3, 1:
fortibus sane oculis Cassius (Martem spirare dicens) se in Siciliam non iturum,
Cic. Att. 15, 11. The Salii were destined for his service, Liv. 1, 20, 4; horses and bulls were offered to him, Paul. ex Fest. p. 61 Müll.; Ov. H. 6, 10; Macr. S. 3, 10, 4:
per Martem, a soldier's oath,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 21. He was often appealed to in oaths, etc., esp. by soldiers:
Nam neque Duellona mi umquam neque Mars creduat, ni, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 8; id. Mil. 1, 1, 11; id. Truc. 3, 1, 11.—
II.
Transf.
A.
War, battle, a conflict, engagement, contest, etc.; also the art of war: cum veter occubuit Priamus sub Marte Pelasgo, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 607 P. (Ann. v. 17 Vahl.):
Martem accendere cantu,
to incite to battle, Verg. A. 6, 165:
apertus,
fighting in the open field, Ov. M. 13, 27: equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare, i. e. to fight both in their own fashion (on horseback) and in one which was strange to them (on foot), Liv. 3, 62, 9:
pugna jam in manus, jam in gladios, ubi Mars est atrocissimus, venerat,
id. 2, 46, 3:
terribili Marte ululare,
Plin. 26, 4, 9, § 19:
captam sine Marte,
Stat. Ach. 1, 401:
quos amisimus cives, eos Martis vis perculit, non ira victoriae,
Cic. Marcell. 6, 17.— Poet.:
Mars forensis,
a contest in the forum, legal contest, Ov. P. 4, 6, 29; cf.:
et fora Marte suo litigiosa vacent,
id. F. 4, 188.—Hence, prov.: suo (nostro, vestro) Marte, by one's own exertions, without the assistance of others:
rex ipse suo Marte res suas recuperavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95; id. Off. 3, 7, 34:
cum vos vestro Marte his rebus omnibus abundetis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 9.—
B.
The issue of a war or a battle, the fortune of war:
cum omnis belli Mars communis, et cum semper incerti exitus proeliorum sint,
Cic. Fam. 6, 4, 1: communis adhuc Mars belli erat, Liv. 10, 28:
aequo Marte,
with equal advantage, on equal terms, Caes. B. G. 7, 19, 3; 8, 19, 2; Curt. 4, 1, 8:
pari Marte,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 19:
aequato Marte,
Liv. 1, 25:
verso Marte ( = versā fortunā),
id. 29, 3, 11:
vario Marte pugnatum est,
Quint. 8, 6, 24:
incerto Marte,
Tac. H. 4, 35:
anceps,
Liv. 7, 29, 2; 21, 1, 2:
dubius,
Vell. 2, 55, 3.—
C.
The planet Mars: Jovis stellae proximum inferiorem orbem tenet puroeis, quae stella Martis appellatur, Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 53; 2, 46, 119; Plin. 2, 8, 6, § 34; 2, 15, 12, § 60; Hyg. Astr. 2, 42:
Martis sidus,
Cassiod. Var. 11, 36.—Hence,
III.
Mar-tĭus ( Māvortĭus, v. infra), a, um, adj.
a.
Of or belonging to Mars:
lupus,
sacred to Mars, Verg. A. 9, 566; cf.: Martius lupus, integer et intactus, gentis nos Martiae et conditoris nostri admonuit, descended from Mars (since Mars is the father of Romulus and Remus), Liv. 10, 27:
legio,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 6; 4, 2, 5:
miles,
Ov. M. 14, 798:
proles,
i. e. Romulus and Remus, id. F. 3, 59:
anguis,
sacred to Mars, id. M. 3, 32:
judicium,
i. e. of the Areopagus at Athens, App. M. 10, p. 718 Oud.: Campus;
v. campus: harena,
a place in the Circus where the gladiators fought, Ov. Tr. 2, 282; Mart. 2, 75, 8:
gramen,
i. e. the Field of Mars, Hor. C. 3, 7, 26: Martius mensis, the month of March, formerly the first month of the year, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 13:
Martii Calendis,
Hor. C. 3, 8, 1: Idus Martiae, the Ides of March, famous as the day on which Julius Cæsar was killed, Cic. Att. 14, 4, 2; cf. 14, 20, 1 sq.; id. Phil. 2, 35, 88; id. Fam. 10, 28, 1.— In the form Mavortius ( poet.):
moenia,
i. e. Rome, Verg. A. 1, 276:
tellus,
i. e. Thrace, id. G. 4, 462:
conjux,
i. e. Venus, Val. Fl. 2, 208:
proles,
i. e. the Thebans, Ov. M. 3, 531; cf.:
seges belli (because sprung from the dragon's teeth),
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 135.—
b.
Transf.
1.
Warlike, martial:
Martia Penthesilea,
Verg. A. 11, 661:
Martia saeculi voluptas,
Mart. 5, 24, 1:
Martius aeris rauci canor,
Verg. G. 4, 71:
vulnera,
id. A. 7, 182:
Thebe,
i. e. where many wars were carried on, Ov. Am. 3, 6, 33.—
2.
Of or belonging to the planet Mars:
ille fulgor rutilus, horribilisque terris, quem Martium dicitis,
Cic. Rep. 6, 17, 17.—As subst.: Mar-tĭus, ii, m. (sc. mensis), March, the month of March:
Mensium nomina fere aperta sunt, si a Martio, ut antiqui constituerunt, numeres, Nam primus a Marte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 4, § 33.—
IV.
Martĭālis, e, adj.
A.
Of or belonging to Mars: Flamen, Varr L. L. 5, § 84 Müll.;
7, § 45 ib.: lupus,
sacred to Mars, Hor. C. 1, 17, 9:
ludi,
in honor of Mars, Suet. Claud. 1: Martialis collis, near the temple of Deus Fidius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 52 Müll.— Subst.: Martĭālis, is, m., a priest of Mars:
Martiales quidam Larini appellabantur, ministri publici Martis,
Cic. Clu. 15, 43.—
B.
Belonging to the legio Martia; hence, Martĭāles, the soldiers of the legio Martia, Cic. Phil. 4, 2, 5.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Martiales

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Rome, Georgia — The Worst Place in the World City City of Rome … Wikipedia
Rome — For the civilization of classical antiquity, see Ancient Rome. For other uses, see Rome (disambiguation). Rome Roma … Wikipedia
Rome — /rohm/, n. 1. Harold (Jacob), born 1908, U.S. lyricist and composer. 2. Italian, Roma. a city in and the capital of Italy, in the central part, on the Tiber: ancient capital of the Roman Empire; site of Vatican City, seat of authority of the… … Universalium
Near East Side, Columbus, Ohio — The Near East Side is an area made up several historic neighborhoods on the east side of Columbus, Ohio. Some neighborhoods making up the area include: Mount Vernon, Nelson Park, Eastgate, Beatty Park, Bexley (annexed), Olde Towne East, Old Oaks … Wikipedia
ancient Rome — ▪ ancient state, Europe, Africa, and Asia Introduction the state centred on the city of Rome. This article discusses the period from the founding of the city and the regal period, which began in 753 BC, through the events leading to the… … Universalium
Floyd Bennett Field — For the airport in Queensbury, New York, see Floyd Bennett Memorial Airport. Floyd Bennett Field Historic District U.S. National Register of Historic Places … Wikipedia
Gaius Octavian (character of Rome) — Rome character name= Gaius Octavian class= Patrician family= Atia of the Julii (mother) Octavia of the Julii (sister) Gaius Julius Caesar (great uncle, adopted father) Livia (wife) Antonia (niece) allies= Titus Pullo Timon the Jew Gaius Julius… … Wikipedia
Track and Field Sports — ▪ 2007 Introduction World Indoor Championships. At the International Association of Athletics Federations (IAAF) world indoor championships, held in Moscow on March 10–12, 2006, Russia and the U.S. divided up a majority share of the gold… … Universalium
Sant'Angelo (rione of Rome) — Sant Angelo is the eleventh historic district or rione of Rome, often written as rione XI Sant Angelo . Its coat of arms is an angel on a red background, holding a palm branch in its left hand. In another version, the angel holds a sword in its… … Wikipedia
Track and field — For the video game, see Track Field (video game). Track and field The track and field stadium is at the heart of the sport Nickname(s) Track Characteristics Team mem … Wikipedia
Medical community of ancient Rome — Symbolic statue of Asclepius holding the Rod of Asclepius. In later times it was confused with the Caduceus, which has two snakes. The snake shown may have originated as a parasitic worm removed on a stick, but it played a role as a healing… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

a field near Rome

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

a field near Rome

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: